SVM152-A Return to Master TOC INVERTEC V350-PRO ......INVERTEC V350-PRO ARNING ARNING VISO DE UCION...

SVM152-AJULY, 2000

Safety Depends on You

Lincoln arc welding and cuttingequipment is designed and builtwith safety in mind. However,your overall safety can beincreased by proper installation. . . and thoughtful operation onyour part. DO NOT INSTALL,OPERATE OR REPAIR THISEQUIPMENT WITHOUT READ-ING THIS MANUAL AND THESAFETY PRECAUTIONS CON-TAINED THROUGHOUT. And,most importantly, think beforeyou act and be careful.

SERVICE MANUAL

For use with machine code numbers 10651, 10669

INVERTEC V350-PRO

WARNING

REMOTE

POWER

OFF

ON

A A

MP

S

A

V V

OLTS

WELD TERMINALS

SELECT

OU

TPU

TLINCOLNELECTRIC

INVERTEC V350-PRO

WARNINGWARNING

AVISO DE

PRECAUCION

ATTENTION

!

!

!

!

Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing


elit, ed diam non

elit, ed diam nonummummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut

y nibh euismod tincidunt ut

laoreet dolore magna aliquam er

laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat at



elit, ed diam non







elit, ed diam non







elit, ed diam non







elit, ed diam non







elit, ed diam non







elit, ed diam non







elit, ed diam non







elit, ed diam non







elit, ed diam non







elit, ed diam non







elit, ed diam non







elit, ed diam non







elit, ed diam non







elit, ed diam non







elit, ed diam non







elit, ed diam non







elit, ed diam non







elit, ed diam non





Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Vie

w S

afet

y In

foV

iew

Saf

ety

Info

Vie

w S

afet

y In

foV

iew

Saf

ety

Info

RETURN TO MAIN INDEX

• Sales and Service through Subsidiaries and Distributors Worldwide •

Cleveland, Ohio 44117-1199 U.S.A. TEL: 216.481.8100 FAX: 216.486.1751 WEB SITE: www.lincolnelectric.com

• World's Leader in Welding and Cutting Products •

Copyright © 2000 Lincoln Global Inc.

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

iSAFETYi

FOR ENGINEpowered equipment.

1.a. Turn the engine off before troubleshooting and maintenancework unless the maintenance work requires it to be running.

____________________________________________________1.b. Operate engines in open, well-ventilated

areas or vent the engine exhaust fumes outdoors.

____________________________________________________1.c. Do not add the fuel near an open flame weld-

ing arc or when the engine is running. Stopthe engine and allow it to cool before refuel-ing to prevent spilled fuel from vaporizing oncontact with hot engine parts and igniting. Donot spill fuel when filling tank. If fuel is spilled,wipe it up and do not start engine until fumeshave been eliminated.

____________________________________________________1.d. Keep all equipment safety guards, covers and devices in posi-

tion and in good repair.Keep hands, hair, clothing and toolsaway from V-belts, gears, fans and all other moving partswhen starting, operating or repairing equipment.

____________________________________________________

1.e. In some cases it may be necessary to remove safetyguards to perform required maintenance. Removeguards only when necessary and replace them when themaintenance requiring their removal is complete.Always use the greatest care when working near movingparts.

___________________________________________________1.f. Do not put your hands near the engine fan.

Do not attempt to override the governor oridler by pushing on the throttle control rodswhile the engine is running.

___________________________________________________1.g. To prevent accidentally starting gasoline engines while

turning the engine or welding generator during maintenancework, disconnect the spark plug wires, distributor cap ormagneto wire as appropriate.

ARC WELDING CAN BE HAZARDOUS. PROTECT YOURSELF AND OTHERS FROM POSSIBLE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH.KEEP CHILDREN AWAY. PACEMAKER WEARERS SHOULD CONSULT WITH THEIR DOCTOR BEFORE OPERATING.

Read and understand the following safety highlights. For additional safety information, it is strongly recommended that youpurchase a copy of “Safety in Welding & Cutting - ANSI Standard Z49.1” from the American Welding Society, P.O. Box 351040,Miami, Florida 33135 or CSA Standard W117.2-1974. A Free copy of “Arc Welding Safety” booklet E205 is available from theLincoln Electric Company, 22801 St. Clair Avenue, Cleveland, Ohio 44117-1199.

BE SURE THAT ALL INSTALLATION, OPERATION, MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES AREPERFORMED ONLY BY QUALIFIED INDIVIDUALS.

WARNING

Mar ‘95

ELECTRIC AND MAGNETIC FIELDSmay be dangerous

2.a. Electric current flowing through any conductor causes localized Electric and Magnetic Fields (EMF). Welding current creates EMF fields around welding cables and welding machines

2.b. EMF fields may interfere with some pacemakers, andwelders having a pacemaker should consult their physicianbefore welding.

2.c. Exposure to EMF fields in welding may have other healtheffects which are now not known.

2.d. All welders should use the following procedures in order tominimize exposure to EMF fields from the welding circuit:

2.d.1. Route the electrode and work cables together - Securethem with tape when possible.

2.d.2. Never coil the electrode lead around your body.

2.d.3. Do not place your body between the electrode andwork cables. If the electrode cable is on your right side, the work cable should also be on your right side.

2.d.4. Connect the work cable to the workpiece as close aspossible to the area being welded.

2.d.5. Do not work next to welding power source.

1.h. To avoid scalding, do not remove theradiator pressure cap when the engine ishot.

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNINGS

Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituentsare known to the State of California to cause can-cer, birth defects, and other reproductive harm.

The engine exhaust from this product containschemicals known to the State of California to causecancer, birth defects, or other reproductive harm.

The Above For Diesel Engines The Above For Gasoline Engines

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

iiSAFETYii

ARC RAYS can burn.4.a. Use a shield with the proper filter and cover

plates to protect your eyes from sparks andthe rays of the arc when welding or observingopen arc welding. Headshield and filter lensshould conform to ANSI Z87. I standards.

4.b. Use suitable clothing made from durable flame-resistantmaterial to protect your skin and that of your helpers fromthe arc rays.

4.c. Protect other nearby personnel with suitable, non-flammablescreening and/or warn them not to watch the arc nor exposethemselves to the arc rays or to hot spatter or metal.

ELECTRIC SHOCK can kill.3.a. The electrode and work (or ground) circuits

are electrically “hot” when the welder is on.Do not touch these “hot” parts with your bareskin or wet clothing. Wear dry, hole-freegloves to insulate hands.

3.b. Insulate yourself from work and ground using dry insulation.Make certain the insulation is large enough to cover your fullarea of physical contact with work and ground.

In addition to the normal safety precautions, if weldingmust be performed under electrically hazardousconditions (in damp locations or while wearing wetclothing; on metal structures such as floors, gratings orscaffolds; when in cramped positions such as sitting,kneeling or lying, if there is a high risk of unavoidable oraccidental contact with the workpiece or ground) usethe following equipment:

• Semiautomatic DC Constant Voltage (Wire) Welder.• DC Manual (Stick) Welder.• AC Welder with Reduced Voltage Control.

3.c. In semiautomatic or automatic wire welding, the electrode,electrode reel, welding head, nozzle or semiautomaticwelding gun are also electrically “hot”.

3.d. Always be sure the work cable makes a good electricalconnection with the metal being welded. The connectionshould be as close as possible to the area being welded.

3.e. Ground the work or metal to be welded to a good electrical(earth) ground.

3.f. Maintain the electrode holder, work clamp, welding cable andwelding machine in good, safe operating condition. Replacedamaged insulation.

3.g. Never dip the electrode in water for cooling.

3.h. Never simultaneously touch electrically “hot” parts ofelectrode holders connected to two welders because voltagebetween the two can be the total of the open circuit voltageof both welders.

3.i. When working above floor level, use a safety belt to protectyourself from a fall should you get a shock.

3.j. Also see Items 6.c. and 8.

FUMES AND GASEScan be dangerous.5.a. Welding may produce fumes and gases

hazardous to health. Avoid breathing thesefumes and gases.When welding, keepyour head out of the fume. Use enoughventilation and/or exhaust at the arc to keep

fumes and gases away from the breathing zone. Whenwelding with electrodes which require specialventilation such as stainless or hard facing (seeinstructions on container or MSDS) or on lead orcadmium plated steel and other metals or coatingswhich produce highly toxic fumes, keep exposure aslow as possible and below Threshold Limit Values (TLV)using local exhaust or mechanical ventilation. Inconfined spaces or in some circumstances, outdoors, arespirator may be required. Additional precautions arealso required when welding on galvanized steel.

5.b. Do not weld in locations near chlorinated hydrocarbon vaporscoming from degreasing, cleaning or spraying operations.The heat and rays of the arc can react with solvent vapors toform phosgene, a highly toxic gas, and other irritating products.

5.c. Shielding gases used for arc welding can displace air andcause injury or death. Always use enough ventilation,especially in confined areas, to insure breathing air is safe.

5.d. Read and understand the manufacturer’s instructions for thisequipment and the consumables to be used, including thematerial safety data sheet (MSDS) and follow youremployer’s safety practices. MSDS forms are available fromyour welding distributor or from the manufacturer.

5.e. Also see item 1.b. Mar ‘95

SAFETYiii iii

V350-PRORet

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

FOR ELECTRICALLYpowered equipment.

8.a. Turn off input power using the disconnectswitch at the fuse box before working onthe equipment.

8.b. Install equipment in accordance with the U.S. NationalElectrical Code, all local codes and the manufacturer’srecommendations.

8.c. Ground the equipment in accordance with the U.S. NationalElectrical Code and the manufacturer’s recommendations.

CYLINDER may explodeif damaged.7.a. Use only compressed gas cylinders

containing the correct shielding gas for theprocess used and properly operatingregulators designed for the gas and

pressure used. All hoses, fittings, etc. should be suitable forthe application and maintained in good condition.

7.b. Always keep cylinders in an upright position securelychained to an undercarriage or fixed support.

7.c. Cylinders should be located:• Away from areas where they may be struck or subjected tophysical damage.

• A safe distance from arc welding or cutting operations andany other source of heat, sparks, or flame.

7.d. Never allow the electrode, electrode holder or any otherelectrically “hot” parts to touch a cylinder.

7.e. Keep your head and face away from the cylinder valve outletwhen opening the cylinder valve.

7.f. Valve protection caps should always be in place and handtight except when the cylinder is in use or connected foruse.

7.g. Read and follow the instructions on compressed gascylinders, associated equipment, and CGA publication P-l,“Precautions for Safe Handling of Compressed Gases inCylinders,” available from the Compressed Gas Association1235 Jefferson Davis Highway, Arlington, VA 22202.

Mar ‘95

WELDING SPARKS cancause fire or explosion.6.a. Remove fire hazards from the welding area.

If this is not possible, cover them to preventthe welding sparks from starting a fire.Remember that welding sparks and hot

materials from welding can easily go through small cracksand openings to adjacent areas. Avoid welding nearhydraulic lines. Have a fire extinguisher readily available.

6.b. Where compressed gases are to be used at the job site,special precautions should be used to prevent hazardoussituations. Refer to “Safety in Welding and Cutting” (ANSIStandard Z49.1) and the operating information for theequipment being used.

6.c. When not welding, make certain no part of the electrodecircuit is touching the work or ground. Accidental contact cancause overheating and create a fire hazard.

6.d. Do not heat, cut or weld tanks, drums or containers until theproper steps have been taken to insure that such procedureswill not cause flammable or toxic vapors from substancesinside. They can cause an explosion even though they havebeen “cleaned”. For information, purchase “RecommendedSafe Practices for the Preparation for Welding and Cutting ofContainers and Piping That Have Held HazardousSubstances”, AWS F4.1 from the American Welding Society(see address above).

6.e. Vent hollow castings or containers before heating, cutting orwelding. They may explode.

6.f. Sparks and spatter are thrown from the welding arc. Wear oilfree protective garments such as leather gloves, heavy shirt,cuffless trousers, high shoes and a cap over your hair. Wearear plugs when welding out of position or in confined places.Always wear safety glasses with side shields when in awelding area.

6.g. Connect the work cable to the work as close to the weldingarea as practical. Work cables connected to the buildingframework or other locations away from the welding areaincrease the possibility of the welding current passingthrough lifting chains, crane cables or other alternate circuits.This can create fire hazards or overheat lifting chains orcables until they fail.

6.h. Also see item 1.c.

SAFETYiv iv

V350-PRORet

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC PRÉCAUTIONS DE SÛRETÉ

Pour votre propre protection lire et observer toutes les instructionset les précautions de sûreté specifiques qui parraissent dans cemanuel aussi bien que les précautions de sûreté générales suiv-antes:

Sûreté Pour Soudage A L’Arc1. Protegez-vous contre la secousse électrique:

a. Les circuits à l’électrode et à la piéce sont sous tensionquand la machine à souder est en marche. Eviter toujourstout contact entre les parties sous tension et la peau nueou les vétements mouillés. Porter des gants secs et sanstrous pour isoler les mains.

b. Faire trés attention de bien s’isoler de la masse quand onsoude dans des endroits humides, ou sur un plancher met-allique ou des grilles metalliques, principalement dans les positions assis ou couché pour lesquelles une grandepartie du corps peut être en contact avec la masse.

c. Maintenir le porte-électrode, la pince de masse, le câble desoudage et la machine à souder en bon et sûr état defonc-tionnement.

d.Ne jamais plonger le porte-électrode dans l’eau pour lerefroidir.

e. Ne jamais toucher simultanément les parties sous tensiondes porte-électrodes connectés à deux machines à souderparce que la tension entre les deux pinces peut être le totalde la tension à vide des deux machines.

f. Si on utilise la machine à souder comme une source decourant pour soudage semi-automatique, ces precautionspour le porte-électrode s’applicuent aussi au pistolet desoudage.

2. Dans le cas de travail au dessus du niveau du sol, se protégercontre les chutes dans le cas ou on recoit un choc. Ne jamaisenrouler le câble-électrode autour de n’importe quelle partie ducorps.

3. Un coup d’arc peut être plus sévère qu’un coup de soliel, donc:

a. Utiliser un bon masque avec un verre filtrant approprié ainsiqu’un verre blanc afin de se protéger les yeux du rayon-nement de l’arc et des projections quand on soude ouquand on regarde l’arc.

b. Porter des vêtements convenables afin de protéger la peaude soudeur et des aides contre le rayonnement de l‘arc.

c. Protéger l’autre personnel travaillant à proximité ausoudage à l’aide d’écrans appropriés et non-inflammables.

4. Des gouttes de laitier en fusion sont émises de l’arc desoudage. Se protéger avec des vêtements de protection libresde l’huile, tels que les gants en cuir, chemise épaisse, pan-talons sans revers, et chaussures montantes.

5. Toujours porter des lunettes de sécurité dans la zone desoudage. Utiliser des lunettes avec écrans lateraux dans leszones où l’on pique le laitier.

6. Eloigner les matériaux inflammables ou les recouvrir afin deprévenir tout risque d’incendie dû aux étincelles.

7. Quand on ne soude pas, poser la pince à une endroit isolé dela masse. Un court-circuit accidental peut provoquer unéchauffement et un risque d’incendie.

8. S’assurer que la masse est connectée le plus prés possible dela zone de travail qu’il est pratique de le faire. Si on place lamasse sur la charpente de la construction ou d’autres endroitséloignés de la zone de travail, on augmente le risque de voirpasser le courant de soudage par les chaines de levage,câbles de grue, ou autres circuits. Cela peut provoquer desrisques d’incendie ou d’echauffement des chaines et descâbles jusqu’à ce qu’ils se rompent.

9. Assurer une ventilation suffisante dans la zone de soudage.Ceci est particuliérement important pour le soudage de tôlesgalvanisées plombées, ou cadmiées ou tout autre métal quiproduit des fumeés toxiques.

10. Ne pas souder en présence de vapeurs de chlore provenantd’opérations de dégraissage, nettoyage ou pistolage. Lachaleur ou les rayons de l’arc peuvent réagir avec les vapeursdu solvant pour produire du phosgéne (gas fortement toxique)ou autres produits irritants.

11. Pour obtenir de plus amples renseignements sur la sûreté, voirle code “Code for safety in welding and cutting” CSA StandardW 117.2-1974.

PRÉCAUTIONS DE SÛRETÉ POURLES MACHINES À SOUDER ÀTRANSFORMATEUR ET ÀREDRESSEUR

1. Relier à la terre le chassis du poste conformement au code del’électricité et aux recommendations du fabricant. Le dispositifde montage ou la piece à souder doit être branché à unebonne mise à la terre.

2. Autant que possible, I’installation et l’entretien du poste seronteffectués par un électricien qualifié.

3. Avant de faires des travaux à l’interieur de poste, la debranch-er à l’interrupteur à la boite de fusibles.

4. Garder tous les couvercles et dispositifs de sûreté à leur place.

MASTER TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR ALL SECTIONSv v

V350-PRO

Page

Safety.................................................................................................................................................i-iv

Installation .............................................................................................................................Section A

Operation...............................................................................................................................Section B

Accessories...........................................................................................................................Section C

Maintenance .........................................................................................................................Section D

Theory of Operation .............................................................................................................Section E

Troubleshooting and Repair.................................................................................................Section F

How to Use Troubleshooting Guide............................................................................................F-2

Troubleshooting Guide ................................................................................................................F-4

Test Procedures ........................................................................................................................F-15

Replacement Procedures .........................................................................................................F-51

Electrical Diagrams ..............................................................................................................Section G

Parts Manual ....................................................................................................................P-369 Series

RETURN TO MAIN INDEX

SectionA-1 Section A-1

V350-PRORet

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

TABLE OF CONTENTS- INSTALLATION SECTION -

Installation

Technical Specifications .............................................................................................................A-2

Input Grounding Connections ....................................................................................................A-3

Power Cord Connection .............................................................................................................A-3

Single Phase Input ...............................................................................................................A-3

Three Phase Input ................................................................................................................A-3

Parallel Operation .......................................................................................................................A-3

Quick Disconnect Plugs .............................................................................................................A-3

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

A-2INSTALLATION A-2

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - INVERTEC V350-PROINPUT AC VOLTAGE & DC OUTPUT

OUTPUT CABLES, CONNECTIONS AND LIMITATIONS

Product Ordering Input AC Rated DC Output Output Weight Name Information Voltage Amps/Volts/Duty Cycle Range with Cord HxWxD

(continuous)

K1728-1 200-230 / 200-230/ 350A / 34V / 60% Factory 380-415/ Factory

460-480/ 275A / 31V / 100% 82.5lbs 14.7”x12.5”xInvertec 575 (37.4 kg) 27.8”* V350- K1728-2 3 Phase AMPS (373x318xPRO Construction 60/50 Hz 5-425 Construction 706*)mm

60/50 Hz 81.5lbs208-230/ 350A / 34V / 60% (36.9 kg) * Includes

K1728-3 415/ handles“CE” 460-480/ 275A / 31V /100%

5751 Phase

* Overall Length Including Handle, 27.8” (706mm) without handle.

Select the output cable size based upon the following chart.Cable sizes for Combined Length of Electrode and Work Cable (Copper) 75C rated:

DUTY CYCLE CURRENT LENGTH UP 61m (200 FT) 61-76m (200-250 FT)100% 275 1/0 1/060% 350 1/0 2/0

V350-PRO INPUT CURRENT

1. When operating on these inputs, the line cord should be changed to an input conductor of 6 AWG or larger.

Recommended Fuse Sizes Based On The U.S. National Electrical Code And Maximum Machine OutputsInput 50/60 Hz Output RecommendedVoltage Phases 275Amps@ 350Amps@ Line Cord Size Fuse Size Notes

31Volts(100%) 34Volts(60%)208 1 70 94 2 125A Note 1230 1 62 85 4 125A Note 1415 1 38 54 6 80A Note 1460 1 34 42 8 70A575 1 27 37 8 50A200 3 37 50 8 80A Note 1208 3 36 50 6 80A Note 1230 3 31 42 8 70A380 3 21 28 8 50A400 3 20 27 8 50A415 3 19 26 8 50A460 3 17 23 8 50A575 3 14 18 8 35A

INSTALLATIONA-3 A-3

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

INPUT AND GROUNDING CONNECTIONS1. Only a qualified electrician should connect the

Invertec V350-PRO. Installation should be madein accordance with the U.S. National ElectricalCode, all local codes and the information detailedbelow.

2. When received directly from the factory, multiplevoltage machines are internally connected for460VAC. If 460VAC is the desired input, then themachine may be connected to the power systemwithout any setup required inside the machine.

3. Initial 200VAC - 415VAC and 575VAC operationwill require an Input voltage panel setup.

• Open the access panel on the rear of themachine.

• For 200 or 230: Position the large switch to 200-230.For higher voltages: Position the large switch to380-575.

• Move the "A" lead to the appropriate terminal.

POWER CORD CONNECTIONA 10 ft. (3.0m) power cord is provided and wired intothe machine. Follow the power cord connectioninstructions. Incorrect connection may result in equip-ment damage.

INSTALLATION

ELECTRIC SHOCK can kill.

• TURN THE INPUT POWER OFF AT THE DISCONNECT SWITCH BEFOREATTEMPTING TO CONNECT OR DIS-

CONNECT INPUT POWER LINES, OUTPUTCABLES, OR CONTROL CABLES.

• Only qualified personnel should perform thisinstallation.

• Connect the green lead of the power cord toground per U.S. National Electrical Code.

--------------------------------------------------------------------

WARNING

Single Phase Input1. Connect green lead to ground per U.S. National

Electrical Code.2. Connect black and white leads to power.3. Wrap red lead with tape to provide 600V insulation.

Three Phase Input1. Connect green lead to ground per U.S. National

Electric Code.2. Connect black, red and white leads to power.

Install in accordance with all local and nationalelectric codes.

PARALLEL OPERATION

The V350-Pro are operable in parallel in CC mode.For best results, the currents of each machine shouldbe reasonably well shared. As an example, with twomachines set up in parallel for a 400 amp procedure,each machine should be set to deliver approximately200 amps, not 300 amps from one and 100 ampsfrom the other. This will minimize nuisance shutdownconditions. In general, more than two machines inparallel will not be effective due to the voltagerequirements of procedures in that power range.To set machine outputs, start with output control potsand arc control pots in identical positions. Use theoutput control pots to balance the currents and main-tain the desired voltage or current. The arc controlpots should be kept identical on the two machines.

QUICK DISCONNECT PLUGS

A quick disconnect system is used for the weldingcable connections. The welding plug included with themachine is designed to accept a welding cable size of1/0 to 2/0.

1. Remote 25mm (1 in.) of welding cable insulation.

2. Slide rubber boot onto cable end. The boot endmay be trimmed to match the cable diameter.Soap or other lubricant will help to slide the bootover the cable.

3. Slide the copper tube into the brass plug.

4. Insert cable into copper tube.

WARNING

REMOTE

POWER

OFF

ON

A A

MP

S

A

V V

OLTS

WELD TERMINALS

SELECT

OU

TPU

TLINCOLNELECTRIC

INVERTEC V350-PRO

WARNINGWARNING

AVISO DE

PRECAUCION

ATTENTION

!

!

!

!



elit, ed diam non







elit, ed diam non







elit, ed diam non







elit, ed diam non







elit, ed diam non







elit, ed diam non







elit, ed diam non







elit, ed diam non







elit, ed diam non







elit, ed diam non







elit, ed diam non







elit, ed diam non







elit, ed diam non







elit, ed diam non







elit, ed diam non







elit, ed diam non







elit, ed diam non







elit, ed diam non







elit, ed diam non





GREENRED

BLACK

WHITE25 mm

1 in.

WELDING CABLE

BOOT

TRIM

INSTALLATIONA-4 A-4

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

5. Tighten set screw to collapse copper tube. Screwmust apply pressure against welding cable. Thetop of the set screw will be well below the surfaceof the brass plug after tightening.

6. Slide rubber boot over brass plug. The rubberboot must be positioned to completely cover allelectrical surfaces after the plug is locked into thereceptacle.

SET SCREW

BRASS PLUGCOPPER TUBE

Section B-1 Section B-1

V350-PRO

TABLE OF CONTENTS- OPERATION SECTION -

Operation...............................................................................................................................Section B

Operating Instructions ................................................................................................................B-2

Product Description .............................................................................................................B-2

Duty Cycle ............................................................................................................................B-2

Operational Features and Controls ............................................................................................B-2

Upper Control Panel ...................................................................................................................B-2

Amps Meter..........................................................................................................................B-2

Volt Meter .............................................................................................................................B-2

Output Control......................................................................................................................B-2

Weld Terminals .....................................................................................................................B-2

Thermal.................................................................................................................................B-3

Control Remote ....................................................................................................................B-3

Hidden Middle Control Panel .....................................................................................................B-3

Weld Mode Select ................................................................................................................B-3

CC-Stick Soft..................................................................................................................B-3

CC-Stick Crisp................................................................................................................B-3

TIG GTAW .......................................................................................................................B-4

CV-Wire...........................................................................................................................B-4

CV-Flux Cored ................................................................................................................B-4

Hot Start & Arc Control ........................................................................................................B-4

Lower Case Front .......................................................................................................................B-4

CV Modes.............................................................................................................................B-4

TIG Mode .............................................................................................................................B-5

CC-Stick Modes...................................................................................................................B-5

Types of Remote Output Control................................................................................................B-5

Types of Remote Weld Terminal Control ....................................................................................B-5

Design Features and Advantages...............................................................................................B-5

Auxiliary Power ...........................................................................................................................B-6

Limitations...................................................................................................................................B-6

Recommended Processes..........................................................................................................B-6

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

B-2 B-2

V350-PRO

OPERATIONOPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

ELECTRIC SHOCK can kill.• Do not touch electrically live parts orelectrode with skin or wet clothing.• Insulate yourself from work andground.• Always wear dry insulating gloves.

------------------------------------------------------------------------FUMES AND GASES can be dangerous.• Keep your head out of fumes.• Use ventilation or exhaust to removefumes from breathing zone.-------------------------------------------------------

-----------------WELDING SPARKS can cause fire orexplosion.• Keep flammable material away.• Do not weld on closed containers.

------------------------------------------------------------------------ARC RAYS can burn eyes and skin.• Wear eye, ear and body

protection.

------------------------------------------------------------

See additional warning information atfront of this operators manual.

-----------------------------------------------------------

WARNING

GENERAL DESCRIPTION

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONThe Invertec V350-Pro offers multi mode CV and CCDC welding and is rated 350 amps, 34 volts at a 60%duty cycle. The V350-Pro is available in European andRest of the World (North America and Export) versions.Differences between these versions are input ratingsand CE noise filtering. In the different configurations,the V350-Pro is available in either a construction ver-sion (no wire feeder connection and auxiliary power)and a factory version (includes wire feeder connectionand related power).

DUTY CYCLE

The V350-Pro is rated at 350 amps, 60% duty cycle(based on a 10 minute cycle). It is also rated at 275amps, 100% duty cycle.

OPERATIONAL FEATURES and CONTROLS:

UPPER CONTROL PANEL1. AMPS Meter• Prior to STICK or TIG operation (current flow), the

meter displays preset current value (either 2 amps or+/- 3% (e.g. 3 amps on 100), whichever is greater).

• Prior to CV operation, the meter displays four dash-es indicating non-presetable AMPS.

• During welding, this meter displays actual averageamps.

• After welding, the meter holds the actual currentvalue for 5 seconds. Output adjustment while in the"hold" period results in the "prior to operation" char-acteristics stated above. The displays blink indicat-ing that the machine is in the "Hold" period.

2. VOLT METER• Prior to CV operation (current flow), the meter dis-

plays desired preset voltage value (+/- .5V).• Prior to STICK or TIG operation, the meter displays

the Open Circuit Voltage of the Power Source orfour dashes if the output has not been turned on.

• During welding, this meter displays actual averagevolts.

• After welding, the meter holds the actual voltagevalue for 5 seconds. The displays blink indicatingthat the machine is in the "Hold" period.

• Output adjustment while in the "hold" period resultsin the "prior to operation" characteristics statedabove.

3. OUTPUT CONTROL• Output control is conducted via a single turn poten-

tiometer. • Adjustment is indicated by the meters as stated

above. • When in TIG modes, this control sets the maximum

welding current. Full depression of a foot or handAmptrol results in the preset level of current.

4. WELD TERMINALS-REMOTE , ON• Two status lights indicate the location of trigger

control as determined by the "WELD TERMINALS"push button.

• If trigger control is local "weld terminals on", the ONdisplay will be lit.

• If trigger control is remote "weld terminals remotelycontrolled", the REMOTE display will be lit.

• The unit will power up in "pre-determined preferred"trigger modes.

For the Construction version all modes ON.For the Factory version STICK = ON TIG and CV = ON or REMOTE depending if remoteoutput controls are connected to the machine.

OPERATIONB-3 B-3

V350-PRO

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC For both the Construction and Factory versions,

these trigger modes can be over-ridden (switched)with the WELD TERMINALS push button. Whenchanged, the unit will power up in the configuration itwas in when it was last powered down.

5. THERMAL• This status light indicates when the power source

has been driven into thermal overload. If the outputterminals were "ON", the "ON" light will blink indi-cating that the output will be turned back on oncethe unit cools down to an acceptable temperaturelevel. If the unit was operating in the "REMOTE"mode, the trigger will need to be opened before orafter the thermal has cleared and closed after themachine has cooled down to an acceptable temper-ature to establish output.

6. CONTROL-REMOTE , LOCAL• Two status lights indicate the location of output

control as pre-determined by the power sourcesauto-configure system.

• The LOCAL display will be lit when control is at thepower source.

• The REMOTE display will be lit when a remotepot/control is detected.

These Output Control configurations can be overrid-den (switched) with the CONTROL push button.When changed, the unit will power up in the configu-ration it was in when it was last powered down.

Hidden Middle Control Panel – ProcessSet Up PanelThe middle control panel is removable to allow forupgrades (see Field Installed Options/Accessories).Additionally, this panel is hidden by an access doorto reduce appeared complexity and provide protectionto the controls.

7. WELD MODE SELECTThe Mode Control button selects the following weld-ing modes desired.

CC-STICK SOFT: The Stick Soft process featurescontinuous control ranging from 5 to 425 amps. Thismode was intended for most SMAW applications, andArc Gouging.

• Arc Gouging: Setting the output of the Stick Softmode to 425 amps will enable the arc-gougingmode. The actual output current will depend onthe size of carbon used. The recommended maxi-mum size carbon is 5/16".

• The Hot Start control regulates the starting currentat arc initiation. Hot Start can be adjusted fromminimum (0), with no additional current added atarc start, to maximum (10), with double the presetcurrent or 425 amps (max of machine) added forthe first second after arc initiation.

• The Arc Control regulates the Arc Force to adjustthe short circuit current. The minimum setting (-10)will produce a "soft" arc and will produce minimalspatter. The maximum setting (+10) will produce a"crisp" arc and will minimize electrode sticking.

CC-STICK CRISP: The Stick Crisp mode featurescontinuous control from 5 to 425 amps. This modewas intended primarily for pipe welding applications.

• The Hot Start control regulates the starting currentat arc initiation. Hot Start can adjust starting cur-rent up or down by 25% of the preset value. Therecommended setting for Hot Start is 5 where theinitial current is equal to the preset current.

OFFOFF

OFFOFF OFFOFF OFFOFFONON

HOHOT STT STARARTWELD MODEWELD MODE ARC CONTRARC CONTROLOL

CC-STICK SOFTCC-STICK SOFT

CC-STICK CRISPCC-STICK CRISP

TIG GTTIG GTAW

CVCV-WIRE-WIRE

CVCV-FLUX CORED-FLUX CORED

-4-4 +4+4

+2+2-2-20

-6-6 +6+6

-10-10SOFTSOFT CRISPCRISP

+10+10

-8-8 +8+8

54

3

2

1

0

6

1010

9

8

7

SELECTSELECT

REMOREMOTETEONON

REMOREMOTETELOCALLOCAL

m

WELD WELD TERMINALSTERMINALS

OUTPUTOUTPUT

CONTRCONTROLOL

SELECTSELECT SELECTSELECT

MPSMPSA OLOLTSTSV

1

6

52

3

4

8

7

11

10

12 9

Figure B.1 CASEFRONT

OPERATIONB-4 B-4

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

• The Arc Control regulates the relative Slope of theprocess. Slope dynamically controls the force thearc has to penetrate an open root. At the minimumsetting, Arc Control is very soft and is similar to theStick Soft mode. At the maximum setting, the slopeis reduced, the OCV is reduced, and the operatorhas full control off the arc force required to pene-trate an open root joint. For vertical down, openroot pipe welding applications, the recommendedsetting is between 8 and 10.

• During welding, a boost circuit increases the avail-able voltage to minimize pop outs. The boost cir-cuit is independent of the OCV and only operateswhen an arc is lit.

TIG GTAW: The TIG mode features continuous con-trol from 5 to 425 amps. The TIG mode can be run ineither the TIG touch start or high frequency assistedstart mode. • The Hot Start control selects the starting mode

desired. A setting of less than 5, the TIG lift startmode is selected. The OCV is controlled below 10vand the short circuit "TIG touch" current is main-tained at 25 amps independent of the preset cur-rent. When the tungsten is lifted, an arc is initiated andthe output is regulated at the preset value. Hotstart settings between 0 and 5 regulate the arc ini-tiation current. A setting of 5 results in the mostpositive arc initiation. A setting of 0 reduces hotstart.

• Hot Start settings between 5 and 10, select highfrequency assisted starting TIG mode. In thisrange, the OCV of the machine is controlledbetween 50 and 70 volts. If using the LincolnK930-1 TIG Module, set the Hot start to 10 formaximum OCV.

• The Arc Control is not used in the TIG mode.

CV-WIRE: The CV-WIRE mode features continuouscontrol from 10 to 40 volts. The mode was intendedfor most GMAW, FCAW, and MCAW applications.

• The Hot Start control is not used in the CV-WIREmode.

• The Arc Control regulates pinch effect. At the mini-mum setting (-10), minimizes pinch and results in asoft arc. Low pinch settings are preferable forwelding with gas mixes containing mostly inertgases. At the maximum setting (+10), maximizespinch effect and results in a crisp arc. High pinchsettings are preferable for welding FCAW andGMAW with CO2.

CV-FLUX CORED: The CV-FLUX CORED modefeatures continuous control from 10 to 45 volts. Thismode was designed for self-shielded flux cored wiresthat require tight voltage control.

• The Hot Start control is not used in the CV-FLUXCORED mode.

• The Arc Control regulates pinch effect. At the mini-mum setting (-10), minimizes pinch and results in asoft arc. At the maximum setting (+10), maximizespinch effect and results in a crisp arc. Most self-shielded wires work well at an Arc Control setting of 5.

8. HOT START and ARC CONTROL features havedifferent functions depending on the welding Modethat is active. Each feature is described under thewelding mode heading. (See Item 7 for specifiedMode Operation)

LOWER CASE FRONTThe output studs, line switch and remote connectorare located on the lower case front.

9. Both STUDS contain "Twist-Mate" connectorinserts.

• The Negative stud is configured to accept thepass through gas system.

10. The ON-OFF switch is a 3-phase circuit breakerrated at 100 amps per leg.

11. The METER POLARITY switch is located abovethe output connectors. The switch provides awork connection for wire feeder voltmeters.Place the switch in the position of the electrodepolarity indicated by the decal. The switch doesnot change the welding polarity.

12. 6-PIN AMPENOL for remote control.

REMOTE CONTROL of the OUTPUT CONTROLand WELD TERMINALSThe Invertec V350-Pro has auto sensing of remoteoutput controls.If after connecting or removing aremote, the Invertec V350-Pro did not configured theway you would like the local or remote control set-tings can be changed by pushing the OUTPUT CON-TROL or WELD TERMINAL button. (A user cannotselect between the 6 and 14 pin amphenols.)

CV modes• The remote will default to the 14-pin amphenol

remote if a remote is connected to either of the 14-pin amphenols and the 6-pin amphenol. Note:Only one of the 14-pin amphenols can have aremote control connected at a time. If no remote isconnected to either of the 14-pin amphenols thenthe remote will default to the 6-pin amphenol if aremote is connected to it.

• If a remote control is connected to any of theamphenols the WELD TERMINAL control willdefault to REMOTE. If there are not any remotecontrol devices attached the WELD TERMINALcontrol will default to ON.

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

OPERATIONB-5 B-5

V350-PRO

TIG mode• The remote will default to the 6-pin amphenol if a

remote control is connected to the 6-pin amphenoland one of the 14-pin amphenols. If a remote isnot connected to the 6-pin amphenol then theremote will default to the 14-pin amphenols if aremote is connected to one of the 14-pin amphe-nols.

• If a remote control is connected to any of theamphenols the WELD TERMINAL control willdefault to REMOTE. If there are not any remotecontrol devices attached the WELD TERMINALcontrol will default to ON.

CC-Stick modes • The remote will default to only the 6-pin amphenol if

a remote is connected to it.• The WELD TERMINAL control will default to ON

with or without a remote connected.

Types of Remote OUTPUT CONTROL• The Invertec V350-Pro’s Output Control can be

controlled by either a potentiometer connectedbetween 77 & 75 with the wiper connected to 76 ora 0V to 10V DC supply connected between 76 &75. (76 needs to be positive)

• 14-Pin Amphenol lead 75 is pin G, lead 76 is pin Fand lead 77 is pin E.

• 6-Pin Amphenol lead 75 is pin C, lead 76 is pin Band lead 77 is pin A.

Potentiometer Control• The total resistance should be between 2000 ohms

(2K) and 10,000 ohms (10K)• The machine output will be at minimum when lead

76 (wiper) is at the end of the potentiometer that isconnected to 75. The machine’s output willincrease as the wiper of the potentiometer is movedto the end that is connected to 77. (Note: In TIGmode, moving the lead 76 (wiper) to lead 77 wouldproduce the current that has been set by theInvertec V350-Pro’s front panel Output Control.)

• Remotes of this type offered by Lincoln Electric arethe K857, K812 and K870.

Voltage Control• The supply should be an isolated supply. (Not ref-

erenced to earth ground, any auxiliary power fromthe Invertec V350-Pro or the welding output) Thesupply should be capable of supplying at least20mA.

• 0 volts supplied to 76 will set the Invertec V350-Proto minimum output for the mode that has beenselected while 10 volts supplied to 76 will set theInvertec V350-Pro to the maximum output for themode. (Note: In TIG mode, 10 volts supplied tolead 76 would produce the current that has been

Types of Remote WELD TERMINAL Control• The Invertec V350-Pro’s Weld Terminals can be

controlled from each of the amphenol connectors.The circuit has a nominal OCV of 15VDC andrequires a dry contact closure (less than 100 ohms)to activate the output of the Invertec V350-Pro.

• 14 Pin Amphenols the Weld Terminals are controlledfrom pins C (lead 2) and pin D (lead 4). Pin C ispositive.

• 6 Pin Amphenol the Weld Terminals are controlledfrom pin D (lead 2) and pin E (lead 4). In the 6-pinamphenol pin D is positive.

DESIGN FEATURES and ADVANTAGES • Multiple process DC output range: 5 - 425 amps• Pre-settable welding outputs.• Built-in Line Voltage Compensation holds the output

constant over +/- 10% input fluctuations.• State of the art inverter technology yields high

power efficiency, excellent welding performance,lightweight, and compact design.

• Utilizes microprocessor control.• Electronic over current protection.• Input over voltage protection• Manual reconnect switch located on the back panel

with a clear reconnect door to allow easy determi-nation of input configuration. The reconnect door isfastened with _-turn connectors that allow quickand easy access to the reconnect area. Circuitbreaker protected auxiliary.

• System Self Configure. The power source ana-lyzes the remote controls connected to the amphe-nols and the desired welding mode to properlydetermine the location of trigger and output control.

• Modular options for easy upgrades• Back lit Status Lights for improved error communi-

cation • Circuit Breaker Input Switch• F.A.N. (fan as needed). Cooling fan runs only when

necessary • Thermostatically protected.• Designed to the IEC 974-1 Standard.• IP23S protection rating with potted PC boards for

enhanced ruggedness/reliability.• Modular construction for easy servicing.• Aluminum Chassis and Wraparound• 10 Ft. Power Cord included.

OPERATIONB-6 B-6

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC Auxiliary Power

• 115VAC, 42VAC and 24VAC power is availablefrom the two 14-pin amphenols on the rear of theunit. (K1728-2 Construction model of the InvertecV350-Pro does not have the amphenols) Thesesupplies are intended to supply power for auxiliaryequipment like wire feeders and the TIG Module.

• 115VAC supply is rated at 2 amps and is protectedby a 2.5 amp breaker located by the amphenol.

• 42 VAC supply is rated at 5.5 amps and is protect-ed by a 6 amp breaker located by the amphenol.

• 24 VAC supply is rated at 5.5 amps and is protect-ed by a 6 amp breaker located by the amphenol.

Limitations• The V350-Pro is not recommended for processes

other than those listed.• The V350-Pro can only be used with the recom-

mended equipment and options.

Recommended ProcessesProperly equipped, the Invertec V350-Pro supportsGMAW, FCAW, SMAW, GTAW and CAC-Aprocesses for a variety of materials, including mildsteel, stainless steel, cored wires, and aluminum.

C-1 C-1

V350-PRORet

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC TABLE OF CONTENTS

- ACCESSORIES SECTION -Accessories...........................................................................................................................Section C

Connection of Lincoln Electric Wire Feeders..............................................................C-2 Thru C-9

V350-PRO/LN-25 with Optional 6 Pin K441-1 Remote.......................................................C-2

V350-PRO/LN-25 with Optional 6 Pin K857 Remote ..........................................................C-3

LN-25 with K431 Remote Option.........................................................................................C-4

V350-PRO/LN-25 with K867 Adapter ..................................................................................C-5

V350-PRO/LN-7 with K480 Control Cable ..........................................................................C-6

V350-PRO/LN-7 with K867 Adapter ....................................................................................C-7

V350-PRO/LN-742 ...............................................................................................................C-8

V350-PRO/LN-10 with K1505 Control Cable ......................................................................C-9

Cobramatic & Tig......................................................................................................................C-10

Options Accessories.................................................................................................................C-10

CONNECTION OF LINCOLN ELEC-TRIC WIRE FEEDERS

CONNECTION OF THE LN-25 TO THEV350-PRO “ACROSS THE ARC” WITHOPTIONAL 6 PIN K441-1 REMOTE CON-TROL.

1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.

2. Connect the electrode cable to the output terminalof polarity required by the electrode. Connect thework lead to the other terminal. Welding cablemust be sized for current and duty cycle of theapplication.

3. Attach the single lead from the LN-25 control boxto the work using the spring clip on the end of thelead. This is only a control lead - it carries nowelding current.

4. Set the voltmeter switch to the electrode polaritychosen.

5. Set “CONTROL SELECT” to “REMOTE”.

6. Set the “MODE” to the “CV-WIRE” position.

7. Set “WELD TERMINALS SELECT” to the “ON”

position.

If you are using an LN-25 without an internal con-tactor, the electrode will be “HOT” when the V350-PRO is energized.

8. Set the “ARC CONTROL” to the “O” position andthen adjust to suit.

CAUTION

ACCESSORIESC-2 C-2

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

+ -

6 pin Amphenol

To WorkElectrode Cable

Optional K444-1Remote Control

LN-25Wire Feeder

Work Clip Lead

To Work

Figure C.1 V350-PRO/LN-25 ACROSS THE ARC CONNECTION DIAGRAM

NOTE: Illustation shows electrode connected for negative polarity.

CONNECTION OF THE LN-25 TO THEV350-PRO “ACROSS THE ARC” WITHOPTIONAL 6 PIN K857 REMOTE CON-TROL.



3. Connect the K857 remote control to the 6-pinamphenol on the V350-PRO.





8. Set “WELD TERMINALS SELECT” to the “ON”

position.

If you are using an LN-25 without an internal con-tactor, the electrode will be “HOT” when the V350-PRO is energized.


ACCESSORIESC-3 C-3

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

CAUTION

NOTE: Illustration shows electrode connected for negative polarity.

Figure C.2 V350-PRO/LN-25 ACROSS THE ARC CONNECTION DIAGRAM WITH K857REMOTE CONTROL

+ -

6 pin Amphenol

To WorkElectrode Cable

LN-25Wire Feeder

Work Clip Lead

To Work

K857 Remote Control

ACCESSORIESC-4 C-4

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC CONNECTION OF THE LN-25 WITH K431

REMOTE OPTION TO THE V350-PRO.NOTE: AN LN-25 CAN ONLY BE USED WITH A FAC-TORY OR “CE” VERSION OF THE V350-PRO.







7. Set “WELD TERMINALS SELECT” to the“REMOTE” position.


9. Connect the K432 remote control cable to the LN-25.

10. Connect the K876 adapter to the K432 and to the24/42VAC 14-pin amphenol located at the rear ofthe V350-PRO.

11. Adjust the wire feed speed and voltage at the LN-25.

NOTE: See Figure C.4 for connection Using K867adapter.

TOWORK

-

+

14 P IN (24 /42VAC)AMPHENOL

ELECTRODE CABLE �TO LN-25

K432 REMOTE�CONTROL CABLE ��INVERTEC�

POWER SOURCE��

LN-25 WITH�K431 OPT ION6 P IN AMPHENOL

K876 ADAPTER

NOTE: Illustration shows electrode connected for positive polarity.

Figure C.3 LN-25 with K431 Remote Option to the V350-PRO

ACCESSORIESC-5 C-5

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC CONNECTION OF THE K867 ADAPTER

FOR USE WITH LN-25 WITH K431OPTION/V350-PRO.

1. Insulate each unused lead individually.

2. Remove 6 pin plug from K432 cable in order toconnect K867 adapter.

3. Label each lead (A thru F) as they are removedfrom the 6 pin plug.

4. Splice leads and insulate.

TOWORK

-

+

1ELECTRODE CABLE �TO LN-25

K867 ADAPTER

LN-25 WITHK431 OPT ION

K432 REMOTECONTROL CABLE

EFDABC77

7675

SPARE42

2182 �81 �42 �41

GND3132

4INVERTEC

14 P IN

AMPHENOL (24 /42VAC)

POWER SOURCE

Figure C.4 Connection of LN-25 to V350-PRO using K867 adapter.

ACCESSORIESC-6 C-6

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC CONNECTION OF THE LN-7 TO THE V350-

PRO USING K480 CONTROL CABLE (SEEFIGURE C.5)NOTE: AN LN-7 CAN ONLY BE USED WITH A FAC-TORY OR “CE” VERSION OF THE V350-PRO. IFYOUR LN-7 COMES EQUIPPED WITH A K291 ORK404 INPUT CABLE, REFER TO THE CONNECTIONOF THE LN-7 USING K867 UNIVERSAL ADAPTER.


2. Connect the electrode cable from the K480 controlcable to the “+” terminal of the welder and to theLN-7 wire feeder. Connect the work cable to the“-” terminal of the welder.

NOTE: Figure C.5 shows the electrode connectedfor positive polarity. To change polarity, shut thewelder off and reverse the electrode and workcables at the output terminals.

NOTE: Welding cable must be sized for currentand duty cycle of application.

3. Connect the input cable from the K480 controlcable to the (115VAC) 14 pin amphenol on theV350-PRO and the input cable plug on the LN-7.

4. Set the “VOLTMETER” switch to “+” or “-”depending on the polarity chosen.



7. Place the “WELD TERMINALS SELECT” in the“REMOTE” position.

8. Adjust wire feed speed at the LN-7 and adjust thewelding voltage with the optional remote control ifused.

9. Set the “ARC” control at “0” initially and adjust tosuit.

- +

14 PINAMPHENOL

6 PINAMPHENOL

TO LN-7 INPUT

CABLE PLUG

TO WORK

K480 CONTROL CABLE

OPTIONAL K857REMOTE CONTROL

ELECTRODE CABLETO WIRE FEED UNIT

(115VAC)AT REAR OFMACHINE

Figure C.5 V350-PRO/LN-7 with K480 Control Cable Connection Diagram

ACCESSORIESC-7 C-7

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

CONNECTION OF THE K867 ADAPTERFOR USE WITH THE K291 OR K404 INPUTCABLES AND LN-7.

1. Insulate each unused lead individually.

2. Splice leads and insulate.

ELECTRODE CABLETO LN-7

TOWORK

-

+

14 P INAMPHENOL

SPARE8281 �42 �41

31322 �4

21GND

7576 �77

31 �322 �4

21GND

K291 OR K404INPUT CABLE

K775 OPT IONALREMOTE CONTROL

K867 UN IVERSALADAPTER PLUG

LN-7 �CONTROL�BOX

757677

GREEN

POWER SOURCE

�

INVERTEC

�


TOWORK

-

+

14 P IN (115VAC)AMPHENOL

SPARE8281 �42 �41

31322 �4

21GND

7576 �77

31 �322 �4

21GND

1

K291 OR K404INPUT CABLE

K775 OPT IONALREMOTE CONTROL

K867 UN IVERSALADAPTER PLUG

LN-7 �CONTROL�BOX

757677

GREEN

�

POWER SOURCE

�

INVERTEC

�

2

Figure C.6 Connection of LN-7 to V350-PRO using K867 adapter.

C-8 C-8

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

ACCESSORIES

CONNECTION OF THE LN-742 TO THE V350-PRO (SEE FIGURE C.7)NOTE: AN LN-7 CAN ONLY BE USED WITH A FAC-TORY OR “CE” VERSION OF THE V350-PRO.


2. Connect the electrode cable from the LN-742 tothe “+” terminal of the welder. Connect the workcable to the “-” terminal of the welder.

NOTE: Figure C.7 shows the electrode connectedfor positive polarity. To change polarity, shut thewelder off and reverse the electrode and workcables at the output terminals.

NOTE: Welding cable must be sized for currentand duty cycle of application.

3. Connect the K591 control cable to the 24/42VAC14 pin amphenol on the back of the V350-PROand the input cable plug on the LN-742.

4. Set the “VOLTMETER” switch to “+” or “-”depending on the polarity chosen.

5. Set the “MODE” to the “CV-WIRE” position..

6. Set “CONTROL SELECT” to “LOCAL”.

7. Place the “WELD TERMINALS SELECT” in the“REMOTE” position.

8. Adjust wire feed speed at the LN-742.

9. Set the “ARC” control at “0” initially and adjust tosuit.

+ -

14 PINAMPHENOL

TO LN-742 INPUT

CABLE PLUG

TO WORK

K591 CONTROL CABLE

ELECTRODE CABLETO WIRE FEED UNIT

(24/42VAC)AT REAR OFMACHINE

Figure C.7 V350-PRO/LN-742 Connection Diagram

CONNECTION OF THE LN-10 TO THEV350-

PRO USING THE K1505 CONTROL CABLE.NOTE: AN LN-10 CAN ONLY BE USED WITH A FAC-TORY OR “CE” VERSION OF THE V350-PRO.


2. Connect the K1505 control cable from the LN-10to the Invertec 24/42VAC 14 pin amphenol con-necter on the rear of the V350-PRO.

3. Connect the electrode cable to the output terminalof polarity required by the electrode. Connect thework lead to the other terminal.

4. Set the meter polarity switch on the front of theV350-PRO to coincide with wire feeder polarityused.


6. Set the “MODE” to the “CV-WIRE” position..

7. Set the “WELD TERMINALS SELECT” to the“REMOTE” position.

8. Set the “ARC CONTROL” to the “0” position andthen adjust to suit.

9. Set wire feed speed and voltage at the LN-10.NOTE: The voltage set point displayed on theV350-PRO should be ignored when operating inthe remote control mode with the LN-10.

10. See the LN-10 manual for details on accessingthe control DIP switch.

11. The control DIP switch inside the LN-10 should beset as shown below for operation with the V350-Pro.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Power Sources

ON

S1

S1

ACCESSORIESC-9 C-9

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

+ -

14 PINAMPHENOL

TO LN-10

TO WORK

K1505


(24/42VAC)AT REAR OFMACHINE

Figure C.8 LN-10 V350-PRO

ACCESSORIESC-10 C-10

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

OPTIONS / ACCESSORIES

Construction Version – K1728-2

• All welding modes for this model run with local out-put control and weld terminals ON (e.g. Stick, TIG,LN25 off the arc).K930-1 TIG ModuleK428,K446, K449 LN-25(Off the Arc)

Factory Version – K1728-1

• The factory model is the construction model withthe addition of the Wire Feeder/Remote Adapter.

• In this form, the V350-Pro provides the hardware topower and connect to 24, 42 or 115 VAC wire feeders.

K857 Remote Output ControlK814 Arc Start SwitchK812 Hand Operated AmptrolK870 Foot Operated AmptrolK930-1 TIG ModuleK428, K446, K449 LN-25K617 (-1 or -2) K618 (-1 or -2) LN-742K440 (-1), K567-1 LN-7 GMAK1559-1, K1564-1 LN-10K1499-1, K1521-1 DH-10

"CE" Version – K1728-3

• The "CE" version is the Factory version with theaddition of power line filtering allowing the machineto comply with the European and Australian EMCemission requirements.

Field Installed Options/Accessories

Two versions of the V350-Pro are available from thefactory for both the CE and ROW versions.Options for K1728-1 Factory and K1728-3 "CE"V350’s• TIG Gas Control Kit – K1762-1

• Advance Process Panel – K1763-1

Options for all models of V350-PRO

• Undercarriage – K1764-1

Cobramatic Connection InstructionsA Cobramatic can only be used with a Factory or"CE" version of the V350

1. Turn the Invertec power switch "off"2. Connect the control cable from the Cobramatic to

the 24/42 VAC 14-pin wire feeder amphenol onthe rear of the Invertec.

3. Connect the electrode cable to the output terminalof the polarity required by electrode. Connect thework lead to the other terminal.

4. Set the meter polarity switch on the front of theInvertec to coincide with wire feeder polarity used.

5. If a remote control such as K857 is to be usedwith the Cobramatic, the remote can be connecteddirectly to the 6pin amphenol on the front of theInvertec or use a K864 adapter to connect thecobramatic and the remote to the 24/42VAC 14-pin wire feeder amphenol connector on the rear ofthe Invertec.

TIG Module K930-2The TIG Module connects to the V350-Pro Factory orCE versions with a K936-1 (9-14 pin) control cable.Connect the K936-1 to the 115VAC Wire FeederAmphenol on the rear of the V350-Pro.

The TIG Module can also be used with the V350Construction version. A K936-4 control cable isrequired to supply 115VAC to the TIG Module from anexternal 115VAC supply.

General Instructions for Connection of WireFeeders to V350-ProWire feeders other than LN-7 and LN-25 may be usedprovided that the auxiliary power supply capacity ofthe V350-Pro is not exceeded. K867 universaladapter plug is required. See connection diagramS19406 and S19386 at the back of this manual formore information.

Remote Control of InvertecRemote Control K857, Hand Amptrol K963 and FootAmptrol K870.

Section D-1 Section D-1

V350-PRO

TABLE OF CONTENTS-MAINTENANCE-

Maintenance .........................................................................................................................Section D

Input Filter Capacitor Discharge Procedure ...............................................................................D-2

Routine Maintenance..................................................................................................................D-2

Periodic Maintenance .................................................................................................................D-3

Thermal Protection .....................................................................................................................D-3

Major Component Locations .....................................................................................................D-4

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

MAINTENANCED-2 D-2

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

- + - +

- + - +

CAPACITOR TERMINALS

POWERRESISTOR

INSULATEDGLOVES

INSULATEDPLIERS

EIGHT

FIGURE D.1 — LOCATION OF INPUT FILTERCAPACITOR TERMINALS

Have qualified personnel do the maintenancework. Always use the greatest care whenworking near moving parts.

Do not put your hands near the cooling blowerfan. If a problem cannot be corrected byfollowing the instructions, take the machine tothe nearest Lincoln Field Service Shop.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------ELECTRIC SHOCK can kill.• Do not touch electrically live parts or

electrode with skin or wet clothing.• Insulate yourself from work and

ground• Always wear dry insulating gloves.

------------------------------------------------------------------------

EXPLODING PARTS can causeinjury.• Failed parts can explode or cause otherparts to explode when power is applied.

• Always wear a face shield and long sleeves when ser-vicing.

------------------------------------------------------------------------See additional warning informationthroughout this operators manual.

------------------------------------------------------------

WARNING

INPUT FILTER CAPACITORDISCHARGE PROCEDURE

1. Remove the input power to the V350-PRO.

2. Using the 5/16” wrench remove the screws fromthe case wraparound cover.

3. Be careful not to make contact with the capacitorterminals located at the top and bottom of theswitch board.

4. Obtain a high resistance and high wattage resis-tor (25-1000 ohms and 25 watts minimum). Thisresistor is not with the machine. NEVER USE ASHORTING STRAP FOR THIS PROCEDURE.

5. Locate the eight capacitor terminals shown in fig-ure D.1.

6. Using electrically insulated gloves and pliers, holdthe body of the resistor with the pliers and connectthe resistor leads across the two capacitor termi-nals. Hold the resistor in place for 10 seconds.DO NOT TOUCH CAPACITOR TERMINALS WITHYOUR BARE HANDS.

7. Repeat the discharge procedure for the otherthree capacitors.

8. Check the voltage across the terminals of allcapacitors with a DC voltmeter. Polarity of thecapacitor terminals is marked on the PC boardabove the terminals. Voltage should be zero. Ifany voltage remains, repeat this capacitor dis-charge procedure.

ROUTINE MAINTENANCE

1. Every 6 months or so the machine should becleaned with a low pressure airstream. Keeping themachine clean will result in cooler operation andhigher reliability. Be sure to clean these areas:

• All printed circuit boards• Power switch• Main transformer• Input rectifier • Auxiliary Transformer• Reconnect Switch Area

2. Examine the sheet metal case for dents or breakage.Repair the case as required. Keep the case in good con-dition to insure that high voltage parts are protected andcorrect spacings are maintained. All external sheet metalscrews must be in place to insure case strength and elec-trical ground continuity.

OVERLOAD PROTECTIONThe machine is electrically protected from producinghigh output currents. Should the output current exceed430A, an electronic protection circuit will reduce thecurrent to approximately 100A. The machine will con-tinue to produce this low current until the protection cir-cuit is reset. Reset occurs when the output load isremoved.

THERMAL PROTECTIONThermostats protect the machine from excessive oper-ating temperatures. Excessive temperatures may becaused by a lack of cooling air or operating themachine beyond the duty cycle and output rating. Ifexcessive operating temperature should occur, thethermostat will prevent output voltage or current. Themeter will remain energized during this time.

Thermostats are self-resetting once the machine coolssufficiently. If the thermostat shutdown was caused byexcessive output or duty cycle and the fan is operatingnormally, the Power Switch may be left on and thereset should occur within a 15 minute period.

MAINTENANCED-3 D-3

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

WARNING

REMOTE

POWER

OFF

ON

A A

MP

S

A

V V

OLTS

WELD TERMINALS

SELECT

OU

TPU

TLINCOLNELECTRIC

INVERTEC V350-PRO

WARNINGWARNING

AVISO DE

PRECAUCION

ATTENTION

!

!

!

!



elit, ed diam non







elit, ed diam non







elit, ed diam non







elit, ed diam non







elit, ed diam non







elit, ed diam non







elit, ed diam non







elit, ed diam non







elit, ed diam non







elit, ed diam non







elit, ed diam non







elit, ed diam non







elit, ed diam non







elit, ed diam non







elit, ed diam non







elit, ed diam non







elit, ed diam non







elit, ed diam non







elit, ed diam non





6

4

5

3

2

1

MAINTENANCED-4 D-4

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

FIGURE D.2 – MAJOR COMPONENT LOCATIONS

1. Center Panel2. Base Assembly 3. Control Box Assembly4. Case Back5. Case Front6. Case Wraparound

Section E-1 Section E-1

V350-PRO

Theory of Operation .............................................................................................................Section E

General Description ....................................................................................................................E-2

Input Line Voltage, Auxiliary Transformer and Precharge...........................................................E-2

Switch Board and Main Transformer ..........................................................................................E-3

Power board, Control Board, and SPI Communications............................................................E-4

Output Rectifier and Choke ........................................................................................................E-5

Thermal Protection .....................................................................................................................E-6

Protection Circuits ......................................................................................................................E-6

Over current Protection ........................................................................................................E-6

Under/Over Voltage Protection ............................................................................................E-6

Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor (IGBT) Operation ...................................................................E-7

Pulse Width Modulation..............................................................................................................E-8

Minimum/Maximum Output..................................................................................................E-8

TABLE OF CONTENTS-THEORY OF OPERATION SECTION-

Remote Board

ModePanel

StatusPanel

Display Panel

Control Board

Choke

PositiveOutputTerminal

NegativeOutputTerminal

To Control Board

Curre

nt

Feedback

Reconnect Switch

Out

put V

olta

ge S

ense

Input switch & 100A Breaker

InputRectifier

AuxiliaryTransformer

Fan

Power Board

14 PinAmphenol

6 PinAmphenol

Remote Control & Trigger

Solenoid Supply 40VDC

RS232 Supply +5VDC

SPI Supply +15VDC +5VDC

Machine Control Supply+15VDC, -15VDC, +6VDC

40VDC 28VAC

24VAC 115VAC, 42VAC

Main Switch Board

115VAC Fan Supply

Optional Solenoid

SPI Communications & +15VDC, +5VDC Supply

Fan

Con

trol

V/F Capacitor Feedback (2)Soft Start Control

Input Relay Control

Primary Current Feedback

IGB

T Drive S

ignal

PrimaryCurrentSensor


FIGURE E.1 – V350-PRO BLOCK LOGIC DIAGRAM

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

FIGURE E.2 – INPUT VOLTAGE AND PRECHARGE

Remote Board

ModePanel

StatusPanel

Display Panel

Control Board

Choke



To Control Board

Cu

rren

tF

ee

db

ack

Reconnect Switch

Out

put V

olta

ge S

ense


InputRectifier


Fan

Power Board

14 PinAmphenol

6 PinAmphenol



RS232 Supply +5VDC



40VDC 28VAC

24VAC 115VAC, 42VAC

Main Switch Board

115VAC Fan Supply

Optional Solenoid


Fan

Con

trol


Input Relay Control


IGB

T Drive S

ignal



GENERAL DESCRIPTIONThe Invertec V350-Pro is an inverter based weldingpower source that offers multi mode constant voltage(CV) and constant current (CC) welding and is rated at350 amps 34VDC at a 60% duty cycle. The InvertecV350-Pro is available in either a construction version(no wire feeder connection or auxiliary power ) and afactory version that includes a wire feeder connectionand related power.

INPUT LINE VOLTAGE, AUXILIARYTRANSFORMER, & PRECHARGEThe Invertec V350-Pro can be connected for a varietyof three-phase or single-phase input voltages. The ini-tial power is applied to the V350 through a combina-tion line switch/circuit breaker located on the front ofthe machine. Two phases of the input voltage areapplied to the auxiliary transformer. The auxiliary trans-former develops four different secondary voltages.The 115VAC is used to power the fan motor and alsois applied to the 14 pin amphenol type connector forwirefeeder operation. The 24VAC and 42VAC volt-ages are also applied to the 14 pin amphenol type con-nector to power wirefeeders. The 28VAC is rectified

and the resultant 40VDC is applied to the power board.

The input voltage is rectified by the input rectifier andthe resultant DC voltage is applied to the switch boardthrough the reconnect switch assembly located at therear of the machine. The reconnect switch connect thetwo pairs of input capacitors either in a parallel (lowervoltage) or series (higher voltage) configuration toaccommodate the applied input voltage.

During the precharge time the DC input voltage isapplied to the input capacitors through a current limit-ing circuit. The input capacitors are charged slowlyand current limited. A voltage to frequency convertercircuit located on the switch board monitors thecapacitor voltages. This signal is coupled to the con-trol board. When the input capacitors have chargedto an acceptable level, the control board energizes theinput relays, that are located on the switch board,making all of the input power, without current limiting,available to the input capacitors. If the capacitorsbecome under or over voltage the control board willde-energize the input relays and the V350 output willbe disabled. Other possible faults may also cause theinput relays to drop out.

THEORY OF OPERATIONE-2 E-2

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

NOTE: Unshaded areas of Block Logic Diagram are the subject of discussion.

SWITCH BOARD & MAIN TRANSFORMERThere is one switch board in the Invertec V350-Pro.This board incorporates two pairs of input capacitors,two insulated gate bipolar transistor (IGBT) switchingcircuits, a fan motor drive circuit, and a voltage/fre-quency capacitor feedback circuit. The two capaci-tors in a pair are always in series with each other.When the reconnect switch is in the lower voltageposition the capacitor pairs are in parallel . Thus twoseries capacitors in parallel with two series capacitors.When the reconnect switch is in the high voltage posi-tion the two capacitor pairs are in series. Thus fourcapacitors in series. This is required to accommodatethe higher input voltages.

When the input capacitors are fully charged they actas power supplies for the IGBT switching circuits.When welding output is required the Insulated GateBipolar Transistors switch the DC power from the inputcapacitors, "on and off" thus supplying a pulsed DCcurrent to the main transformer primary windings. SeeIGBT Operation Discussion and Diagrams in thissection. Each IGBT switching circuit feeds current toa separate, oppositely wound primary winding in themain transformer. The reverse directions of current

flow through the main transformer primaries and theoffset timing of the IGBT switching circuits induce anAC square wave output signal at the secondary of themain transformer. The two current transformers (CT)located on the switch board monitor these primarycurrents. If the primary currents become abnormallyhigh the control board will shut off the IGBTs, thus dis-abling the machine output. The DC current flowthrough each primary winding is clamped back toeach respective input capacitor when the IGBTs areturned off. This is needed due to the inductance of thetransformer primary winding. The firing of the twoswitch boards occurs during halves of a 50 microsec-ond interval, creating a constant 20 KHZ output. Insome low open circuit Tig modes the firing frequencyis reduced to 5KHZ.

The Invertec V350-Pro has a F.A.N. fan as needed cir-cuit. The fan operates when the welding output ter-minals are energized or when a thermal over tempera-ture condition exists. Once the fan is activated it willremain on for a minimum of five minutes. The fan dri-ver circuit is housed on the switch board but it is acti-vated from a control board signal.


V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC


FIGURE E.3 – SWITCH BOARD & MAIN TRANSFORMER

Remote Board

ModePanel

StatusPanel

Display Panel

Control Board

Choke



To Control Board

Cu

rren

tF

ee

db

ack

Reconnect Switch

Out

put V

olta

ge S

ense


InputRectifier


Fan

Power Board

14 PinAmphenol

6 PinAmphenol



RS232 Supply +5VDC



40VDC 28VAC

24VAC 115VAC, 42VAC

Main Switch Board

115VAC Fan Supply

Optional Solenoid


Fan

Con

trol


Input Relay Control


IGB

T Drive S

ignal




V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC FIGURE E.4 – POWER BOARD, CONTROL BOARD

AND SERIAL PERIPHERAL INTERFACE (SPI) COMMUNICATIONS

Remote Board

ModePanel

StatusPanel

Display Panel

Control Board

Choke



To Control Board

Curre

nt

Fe

ed

ba

ck

Reconnect Switch

Out

put V

olta

ge S

ense


InputRectifier


Fan

Power Board

14 PinAmphenol

6 PinAmphenol



RS232 Supply +5VDC



40VDC 28VAC

24VAC 115VAC, 42VAC

Main Switch Board

115VAC Fan Supply

Optional Solenoid


Fan

Con

trol


Input Relay Control

Primary Current FeedbackIG

BT D

rive Signal



POWER BOARD, CONTROL BOARDAND SERIAL PERIPHERAL INTER-FACE (SPI) COMMUNICATIONS

POWER BOARDThe 28VAC auxiliary is rectified and filtered and appliedto the power board. The power board, utilizing aswitching power supply, processes the 40VDC inputand develops several regulated positive and negativeDC supplies. Three DC supplies are fed to the controlboard for machine control supplies. Two positive DCvoltages are coupled to the control board for the SerialPeripheral Communications (SPI) supplies. A +5VDCis used for the RS232 connection supply and a+40VDC is fed to the remote board to power anoptional gas solenoid. An over or under input voltagedetection and shutdown circuit is also part of thepower board’s circuitry.

CONTROL BOARDThe control board performs the primary interfacing

functions to establish and maintain output control ofthe V350 machine. The control board sends andreceives command signals from the mode panel, thestatus panel, the display panel and /or the optionalremote panel. These communications are processedthrough a digital network called a Serial PeripheralInterface (SPI). This network digitally communicates toand from the control board the user’s commands andvarious machine status messages. The software thatis contained within the control board processes andcompares these commands with the voltage and cur-rent feedback information it receives from the outputcurrent sensor and the output voltage sensing leads.The appropriate pulse width modulation (PWM) signals(See Pulse Width Modulation in this section) are sentto the switch board IGBTs. In this manner, the digital-ly controlled high-speed welding waveform is createdand regulated.

The control board also monitors the thermostats, themain transformer primary currents and the inputcapacitor voltages.


OUTPUT RECTIFIER AND CHOKEThe output rectifier receives the AC output from themain transformer secondary and rectifies it to a DCvoltage level. Since the output choke is in series withthe negative leg of the output rectifier and also inseries with the welding load, a filtered DC output isapplied to the machine’s output terminals.


V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

FIGURE E.5 – OUTPUT RECTIFIER AND CHOKE

Remote Board

ModePanel

StatusPanel

Display Panel

Control Board

Choke



To Control Board

Curre

nt

Feedback

Reconnect Switch

Out

put V

olta

ge S

ense


InputRectifier


Fan

Power Board

14 PinAmphenol

6 PinAmphenol



RS232 Supply +5VDC



40VDC 28VAC

24VAC 115VAC, 42VAC

Main Switch Board

115VAC Fan Supply

Optional Solenoid


Fan

Con

trol


Input Relay Control


IGB

T Drive S

ignal




THERMAL PROTECTION

Two normally closed (NC) thermostats protect themachine from excessive operating temperatures.These thermostats are wired in series and are con-nected to the control board. One of the thermostats islocated on the heat sink of the switch board and theother is located on the output choke. Excessive tem-peratures may be caused by a lack of cooling air oroperating the machine beyond its duty cycle or outputrating. If excessive operating temperatures shouldoccur, the thermostats will prevent output from themachine. The yellow thermal light, located on the frontof the machine, will be illuminated. The thermostatsare self-resetting once the machine cools sufficiently.If the thermostat shutdown was caused by excessiveoutput or duty cycle and the fan is operating normally,the power switch may be left on and the reset shouldoccur within a 15-minute period. If the fan is not turn-ing or the air intake louvers are obstructed, then thepower must be removed from the machine, and thefan problem or air obstruction corrected.

PROTECTIVE CIRCUITS

Protective circuits are designed into the V350-PRO tosense trouble and shut down the machine beforedamage occurs to the machine's internal components.

OVER CURRENT PROTECTION

If the average current exceeds 450 amps for one sec-ond, then the output will be limited to 100 amps untilthe load is removed. If the peak current exceeds 600amps for 150 ms, the output will be limited to 100amps until the load is removed.

UNDER/OVER VOLTAGE PROTECTION

Protective circuits are included on the switch and con-trol boards to monitor the voltage across the inputcapacitors. In the event that a capacitor pair voltageis too high, or too low, the machine output will be dis-abled. The protection circuits will prevent output if anyof the following conditions exist.

1. Voltage across a capacitor pair exceeds 467volts. (High line surges or improper input voltageconnections.)

2. Voltage across a capacitor pair is under 190 volts.(Due to improper input voltage connections.)

3. Internal component damage.


V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

INSULATED GATE BIPOLARTRANSISTOR (IGBT) OPERATION

An IGBT is a type of transistor. IGBT are semiconduc-tors well suited for high frequency switching and highcurrent applications.

Example A in Figure E.8 shows an IGBT in passivemode. There is no gate signal, zero volts relative to thesource, and therefore, no current flow. The drain ter-minal of the IGBT may be connected to a voltage sup-ply; but since there is no conduction, the circuit will notsupply current to components connected to thesource. The circuit is turned OFF like a light switch.

Example B shows the IGBT in an active mode. Whenthe gate signal , a positive DC voltage relative to thesource, is applied to the gate terminal of the IGBT, it is

capable of conducting current. A voltage supply con-nected to the drain terminal will allow the IGBT to con-duct and supply current to the circuit componentscoupled to the source. Current will flow through theconducting IGBT to downstream components as longas the positive gate signal is present. This is similar toturning ON a light switch.


V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

FIGURE E.6 – IGBT

DRAIN

SOURCEGATE

INJECTING LAYER

BUFFER LAYER

DRAIN DRIFT REGION

BODY REGION

p +

n +

n -

p

n + n +

DRAIN

SOURCEGATE

INJECTING LAYER

BUFFER LAYER

DRAIN DRIFT REGION

BODY REGION

p +

n +

n -

p

n + n +

POSITIVE VOLTAGEAPPLIED

B. ACTIVEA. PASSIVE

PULSE WIDTH MODULATION

The term Pulse Width Modulation is used to describehow much time is devoted to conduction in the posi-tive and negative portions of the cycle. Changing thepulse width is known as modulation. Pulse WidthModulation (PWM) is the varying of the pulse widthover the allowed range of a cycle to affect the outputof the machine.

MINIMUM OUTPUT

By controlling the duration of the gate signal, the IGBTis turned on and off for different durations during thecycle. The top drawing in Figure E.9 shows the mini-mum output signal possible over a 50-microsecondtime period.

The positive portion of the signal represents one IGBT

group1 conducting for one microsecond. The negative

portion is the other IGBT group1. The dwell time (offtime) is 48 microseconds (both IGBT groups off). Sinceonly two microseconds of the 50-microsecond timeperiod is devoted to conducting, the output power isminimized.

MAXIMUM OUTPUT

By holding the gate signal on for 24 microsecondseach, and allowing only two microseconds of dwelltime (off time) during the 50-microsecond cycle, theoutput is maximized. The darkened area under the topcurve can be compared to the area under the bottomcurve. The more dark area that is under the curve indi-cates that more power is present.

1An IGBT group consists of two IGBT modules feeding one transformer primary winding.


V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC FIGURE E.9 — TYPICAL IGBT OUTPUTS.

MINIMUM OUTPUT

MAXIMUM OUTPUT

24

50242

4850

secsec

secsec

secsec

sec sec

V350-PRO

Section F-1 Section F-1

Troubleshooting & Repair Section .................................................................................Section F

How to Use Troubleshooting Guide ....................................................................................F-2

PC Board Troubleshooting Procedures and Replacement .................................................F-3

Troubleshooting Guide ........................................................................................................F-4

Test ProceduresInput Filter Capacitor Discharge Procedure .................................................................F-15 Main Switch Board Test ................................................................................................F-17Input Rectifier Test ........................................................................................................F-21Power Board Test..........................................................................................................F-25Output Diode Modules Test ..........................................................................................F-29Auxiliary Transformer Test .............................................................................................F-33Current Transducer Test ................................................................................................F-37Fan Control and Motor Test ..........................................................................................F-41SPI Cable Resistance and Voltage Test........................................................................F-45Voltage and Current Calibration Procedure ..................................................................F-47

Replacement ProceduresControl Board Removal and Replacement ...................................................................F-51Display Board Removal and Replacement ...................................................................F-57Main Switch Board Removal and Replacement ...........................................................F-61Mode Board Removal and Replacement......................................................................F-65Status Board Removal and Replacement.....................................................................F-71Snubber Board Removal and Replacement .................................................................F-75Power Board Removal and Replacement.....................................................................F-77Input Rectifier Removal and Replacement ...................................................................F-81Output Rectifier Modules Removal and Replacement .................................................F-85Current Transducer Removal and Replacement ...........................................................F-89Retest after Repair ........................................................................................................F-94

TABLE OF CONTENTSTROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR SECTION

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

HOW TO USE TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE

Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric Factory Trained Personnel.Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician and machineoperator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid Electrical Shock, pleaseobserve all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this manual.

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

V350-PRO

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIRF-2 F-2

CAUTION

CAUTION

This Troubleshooting Guide is provided to helpyou locate and repair possible machinemalfunctions. Simply follow the three-stepprocedure listed below.

Step 1. LOCATE PROBLEM (SYMPTOM). Lookunder the column labeled “PROBLEM(SYMPTOMS)”. This column describes possiblesymptoms that the machine may exhibit. Findthe listing that best describes the symptom thatthe machine is exhibiting. Symptoms aregrouped into three main categories: OutputProblems, Function Problems, and LED FunctionProblems.

Step 2. PERFORM EXTERNAL TESTS. Thesecond column, labeled “POSSIBLE AREAS OFMISADJUSTMENT(S)”, lists the obvious externalpossibilities that may contribute to the machinesymptom. Perform these tests/checks in theorder listed. In general, these tests can beconducted without removing the casewrap-around cover.

Step 3. PERFORM COMPONENT TESTS. Thelast column, labeled “Recommended Course ofAction” lists the most likely components that mayhave failed in your machine. It also specifies theappropriate test procedure to verify that thesubject component is either good or bad. If thereare a number of possible components, check thecomponents in the order listed to eliminate onepossibility at a time until you locate the cause ofyour problem.

All of the referenced test procedures referred to inthe Troubleshooting Guide are described in detailat the end of this chapter. Refer to theTroubleshooting and Repair Table of Contents tolocate each specific Test Procedure. All of thereferred to test points, components, terminalstrips, etc., can be found on the referencedelectrical wiring diagrams and schematics. Referto the Electrical Diagrams Section Table ofContents to locate the appropriate diagram.

If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test/repairssafely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance beforeyou proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353.(WELD)

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC


Have an electrician install and servicethis equipment. Turn the machine OFFbefore working on equipment. Do nottouch electrically hot parts.

Sometimes machine failures appear to be due to PCboard failures. These problems can sometimes betraced to poor electrical connections. To avoid prob-lems when troubleshooting and replacing PC boards,please use the following procedure:

1. Determine to the best of your technical ability thatthe PC board is the most likely component caus-ing the failure symptom.

2. Check for loose connections at the PC board toassure that the PC board is properly connected.

3. If the problem persists, replace the suspect PCboard using standard practices to avoid staticelectrical damage and electrical shock. Read thewarning inside the static resistant bag and performthe following procedures:

PC Board can be damaged bystatic electricity.

• Remove your body’s staticcharge before opening the static-shielding bag. Wear an anti-sta-tic wrist strap. For safety, use a1 Meg ohm resistive cord con-nected to a grounded part of theequipment frame.

• If you don’t have a wrist strap,touch an unpainted, grounded,part of the equipment frame.Keep touching the frame toprevent static build-up. Be surenot to touch any electrically liveparts at the same time.

• Tools which come in contact with the PC Board mustbe either conductive, anti-static or static-dissipative.

• Remove the PC Board from the static-shielding bagand place it directly into the equipment. Don’t setthe PC Board on or near paper, plastic or cloth whichcould have a static charge. If the PC Board can’t beinstalled immediately, put it back in the static-shielding bag.

• If the PC Board uses protective shorting jumpers,don’t remove them until installation is complete.

• If you return a PC Board to The Lincoln ElectricCompany for credit, it must be in the static-shieldingbag. This will prevent further damage and allowproper failure analysis.

4. Test the machine to determine if the failure symp-tom has been corrected by the replacement PCboard.

NOTE: Allow the machine to heat up so that allelectrical components can reach theiroperating temperature.

5. Remove the replacement PC board and substituteit with the original PC board to recreate the originalproblem.

a. If the original problem does not reappearby substituting the original board, then thePC board was not the problem. Continueto look for bad connections in the controlwiring harness, junction blocks, and termi-nal strips.

b. If the original problem is recreated by thesubstitution of the original board, then thePC board was the problem. Reinstall thereplacement PC board and test themachine.

6. Always indicate that this procedure was followedwhen warranty reports are to be submitted.

NOTE: Following this procedure and writing on thewarranty report, “INSTALLED AND SWITCHEDPC BOARDS TO VERIFY PROBLEM,” will helpavoid denial of legitimate PC board warrantyclaims.


PC BOARD TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

WARNING

ATTENTIONStatic-SensitiveDevicesHandle only atStatic-SafeWorkstations

ReusableContainerDo Not Destroy

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

V350-PRO


Observe Safety Guidelines TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDEdetailed in the beginning of this manual.

CAUTIONIf for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test/repairs safely, con-tact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call1-800-833-9353(WELD).

PROBLEMS(SYMPTOMS)

POSSIBLE AREAS OFMISADJUSTMENT(S)

RECOMMENDEDCOURSE OF ACTION

OUTPUT PROBLEMS

Major physical or electrical dam-age is evident when the sheetmetal cover is removed.

1. Contact your local authorizedLincoln Electric Field Service Facility for technical assistance.

1. Contact the Lincoln ElectricService Department,

1-800-833-9353(WELD).

The machine is dead—no out-put—no displays.

1. Make sure the input line/breaker switch is in the ON position.

2. Check the main input line fuses. If open , replace.

3. Check the 2 amp circuit breaker (CB2). Reset if tripped.

4. Make sure the reconnect switch and jumper lead is configured correctly for the applied input voltage.

5. If the machine is being operat-ed with single phase input volt-age make sure the red lead isnot connected. See theInstallation Section.

1. Perform the Auxiliary Transformer Test.

2. Perform the Power Board Test.

3. The control rectifier and or associated filter capacitor (C5) may be faulty. Check and replace as necessary.

4. Perform The SPI Cable Resistance and Voltage Test.

5. The Control Board may be faulty.

The main input fuses (or breaker)repeatedly fail.

1. Make certain the fuses or breakers are sized properly.

2. Make sure the reconnect switch and jumper lead is configured correctly for the applied input voltage.

3. The welding procedure may be drawing too much input current or the duty cycle may be too high. Reduce the welding current and /or reduce the duty cycle.

1. Check the reconnect switches and associated wiring. See the wiring diagram.

2. Perform the Input Rectifier Test.

3. Perform the Main Switch Board Test.

4. Perform the Output Diode Module Test.

5. The Input Filter Capacitors may be faulty. Check, and if any are faulty replace all four.

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

V350-PRO


TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE Observe Safety Guidelinesdetailed in the beginning of this manual.

CAUTIONIf for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test/repairs safely, con-tact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed.Call 1-800-833-9353(WELD).

PROBLEMS(SYMPTOMS)



OUTPUT PROBLEMSThe V350-Pro does not have weld-ing output. The displays are lit.

1. Make sure the reconnect switch is configured correctly for the input voltage applied.

2. Make sure the Weld Terminals Select is ON. If the problem is solved the remote control device or associated circuitry may be faulty. See the wiring diagram.

3. Put the Control Select in the Local position. If the problem is solved the remote control device or associated circuitry may be faulty.

4. If an error code is displayed see Fault Code Explanations.

1. Check the reconnect switch and associated leads for loose or faulty connections. See the wiring diagram.



4. Perform the Output Diode Module Test.

5. The control board may be faulty.

6. The input filter capacitors may be faulty. Check and replace if necessary.

7. The status panel board may be faulty.

The V350-Pro will not produce fulloutput.

1. The input voltage may be too low, limiting the output capability of the machine. Make certain the input voltage is correct for the machine and the reconnect switch and jumper lead configuration.

2. The welding current may be too high . The machine will fold-back to 100 amps if the welding current exceeds 450 amps.

3. Make sure the machine is in "Local" output control.. If the problem is resolved the Remote control board or the external remote control unit may be faulty.

1. Perform the Output Rectifier Test.



4. Perform the Current Transducer Test.

5. If the preset function is not performing properly the status panel board or the output control may be faulty.


Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

V350-PRO



CAUTIONIf for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test/repairs safely, con-tact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call1-800-833-9353(WELD).

PROBLEMS(SYMPTOMS)



FUNCTION PROBLEMSThe machine regularly overheatsand the yellow thermal light is ONindicating a thermal overload.

1. The welding application may be exceeding the recommended duty cycle of the V350-Pro.

2. Dirt and dust may have clogged the cooling channels inside the machine.

3. Air intake and exhaust louvers may be blocked due to inade-quate clearance around the machine.

4. Make certain the fan as needed (F.A.N.) is operating properly. The fan should operate when welding voltage is present and/or when there is an over temperature condition.

1. The 115VAC fan motor is controlled by the control board via the main switch board. Perform the Fan Motor And Control Test.

1. A thermostat or associated circuitry may be faulty. See the wiring diagram. One normally closed thermostat is located on the output choke and the other is located on the main switch board heat sink. See the wiring diagram.

Note: The Main Switch Board Removal Procedure will be required to gain access to the heat sink thermostat.

An attached wire feeder will notfunction correctly.

1. Make certain the wire feeder control cable is connected to the correct 14-pin amphenol type plug (115VAC or 24/42VAC) for the wire feeder being used. See the connection diagram.

2. Check the two circuit breakers located at the rear of the machine. Reset is tripped.

3. The wire feeder or control cable may be faulty.

1. Perform the Auxiliary Transformer Test.

2. Check the leads between the 14-pin amphenol type plugs and the auxiliary transformer for loose or faulty connections.

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

V350-PRO




PROBLEMS(SYMPTOMS)



FUNCTION PROBLEMS

The machine’s welding output isvery high and uncontrollable.

1. Put the Control Select in the Local position. If the problem is solved the remote control device or associated circuitry may be faulty.


2. If the output is normal when the Control Select is in the Local position but the output is very high in the Remote position the remote board may be faulty. Perform The SPI Cable Resistance and Voltage Test.


The Weld Mode Select does notfunction properly.

1. Refer to Operation Section of this manual for normal operation characteristics.

1. Check for loose or faulty plug connections between the control board and the mode select panel. See the wiring diagram.

2. Perform the SPI Cable Resistance and Voltage Test.

3. The Mode Select Panel board may be faulty.


The Status Panel (Control andWeld Terminals Select) does notfunction properly.

1. Refer to Operation Section of this manual for normal operation characteristics.

1. Check for loose or faulty plug connections between the control board and the status board. See the wiring diagram.

2. The Status Board may be faulty.


Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

V350-PRO




PROBLEMS(SYMPTOMS)



FUNCTION PROBLEMS

The display is not functioningproperly.

1. Refer to the Operation Sectionof this manual for normal operation characteristics.

1. Check for loose or faulty plug connections between the Display board and the control board. See the wiring diagram.

2. The display board may be faulty.


A fault or error code is displayed. 1. See the Fault Code Explanations.

1. See Fault Code Explanations.

For no apparent reason the weld-ing characteristics have change.

1. Check the welding cables for loose or faulty connection.

2. Make sure the machine’s mode and output are set correctly for the process being used. (CV, CC,TIG etc.)

3. If Mig welding make sure the shielding gas and wire speed are correct for the process being used.

1. Perform the Voltage and Current Calibration Procedure.


3. Perform the Output Diode Module Test


SERVICE FACILITYCORRECTIVE

ACTION

CORRECTIVE

ACTION

DESCRIPTION/

DEFINITION

31

32

Main transformer primary over current

Capacitor bank “A”(lower) is undervoltage

Turn the machine off andback on to reset themachine. If conditionpersists, contact anauthorized Lincoln FieldService Facility.

Make sure the reconnectswitches are configuredfor the input voltagebeing applied to themachine. The machineis self clearing when condition ceases.

Perform the Main SwitchBoard Test.

Perform the PowerBoard Test.

There may be a problemwith the primary currentsensors (CT) located onthe main switch board.See the Wiring diagram

The control board maybe faulty.

There may be a problemwith the V/F signals fromthe main switch board tothe control board.





V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC FAULT CODES

NOTE: If more than one fault message is being displayed, perform all the checks for the faults before replacing the printed circuit board

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC


ACTION

CORRECTIVE

ACTION

DESCRIPTION/

DEFINITION

33

34

Capacitor bank"B"(upper) is under voltage.

Capacitor bank"A"(lower) is over voltage.

Make sure the reconnectswitches are configuredfor the input voltagebeing applied to themachine. The machineis self-clearing when condition ceases.











FAULT CODES


V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC


ACTION

CORRECTIVE

ACTION

DESCRIPTION/

DEFINITION

35

37

Capacitor bank"B"(lower) is over voltage.

The soft start function failed.


Turn the machine off andback on to reset themachine.










FAULT CODES


V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC


ACTION

CORRECTIVE

ACTION

DESCRIPTION/

DEFINITION

39

43

44

Electrical "glitch" on theprimary over current faultdetector circuit.

Capacitor banks "A"(lower) and "B"(upper)are not balanced.

The machine has detected a fault in thecentral processing unit(CPU).

Possibly caused by anexternal electrical"noise" or signal level.Make sure the V350-Prois grounded correctly.The machine is self clearing when condition ceases.

Make sure the recon-nect switches are con-figured for the inputvoltage being applied tothe machine. Themachine is self-clearingwhen condition ceases.

Make sure the V350-Prois grounded correctly.The machine is self clearing when condition ceases.



There may be a problemwith the primary currentsensors (CT) located onthe main switch board.See the wiring diagram.




The capacitor(s) may befaulty. Check andreplace if necessary.


The control board orassociated wiring may befaulty. See the wiringdiagram.


FAULT CODES


V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC


ACTION

CORRECTIVE

ACTION

DESCRIPTION/

DEFINITION

47

“bad node” “####”

Electrical "glitch" on theV/F signals from the mainswitch board to the control board.

The selected weld modedoes not exist in the weldtable that is presentlyloaded in the machine.

Possibly caused by anexternal electrical"noise" or signal level.Make sure the V350-Prois grounded correctly.The machine is self clearing when condition ceases.

Press the Mode Selectbutton to select a different welding mode.






Perform the SPI CableResistance and VoltageTest.



FAULT CODES


NOTESF-14 F-14

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

WARNING

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC


V350-PRO

INPUT FILTER CAPACITOR DISCHARGE PROCEDURE

Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trainedpersonnel. Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger tothe technician or machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For yoursafety and to avoid electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautionsdetailed throughout this manual.

If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform thetest/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electricaltroubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).

DESCRIPTION

This procedure will drain off any charge stored in the four large capacitors that are partof the switch board assembly. This procedure MUST be performed, as a safety pre-caution, before conducting any test or repair procedure that requires you to touch inter-nal components of the machine.

MATERIALS NEEDED

5/16” Nut DriverInsulated Pliers Insulated GlovesHigh Wattage Resistor (25-1000 ohms and 25 watts minimum)DC Volt Meter

This procedure takes approximately 20 minutes to perform.

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC


V350-PRO


• Have an electrician install and servicethis equipment.

• Turn the input power off at the fuse boxbefore working on equipment.

• Do not touch electrically hot parts.

• Prior to performing preventative maintenance,perform the following capacitor discharge procedureto avoid electric shock.

DISCHARGE PROCEDURE1. Remove the input power to the V350-PRO.

2. Using the 5/16” wrench remove the screws fromthe case wraparound cover.

3. Be careful not to make contact with the capacitorterminals located at the top and bottom of theswitch board.

4. Obtain a high resistance and high wattage resistor(25-1000 ohms and 25 watts minimum). Thisresistor is not with the machine. NEVER USE ASHORTING STRAP FOR THIS PROCEDURE.

5. Locate the eight capacitor terminals shown in fig-ure F.1.

6. Using electrically insulated gloves and pliers, holdthe body of the resistor with the pliers and con-nect the resistor leads across the two capacitorterminals. Hold the resistor in place for 10 sec-onds. DO NOT TOUCH CAPACITOR TERMINALSWITH YOUR BARE HANDS.

7. Repeat the discharge procedure for the otherthree capacitors.

8. Check the voltage across the terminals of allcapacitors with a DC voltmeter. Polarity of thecapacitor terminals is marked on the PC boardabove the terminals. Voltage should be zero. Ifany voltage remains, repeat this capacitor dis-charge procedure.

WARNING

- + - +

- + - +

CAPACITOR TERMINALS

POWERRESISTOR

INSULATEDGLOVES

INSULATEDPLIERS

EIGHT

FIGURE F.1 – LOCATION OF INPUT FILTER CAPACITOR TERMINALS

INPUT FILTER CAPACITOR DISCHARGE PROCEDURE (continued)

MAIN SWITCH BOARD TEST

Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician ormachine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoidelectrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout thismanual.


DESCRIPTION

This test will help determine if the “power section” of the switch boards are functioning cor-rectly. This test will NOT indicate if the entire PC board is functional. This resistance test ispreferable to a voltage test with the machine energized because this board can be damagedeasily. In addition, it is dangerous to work on this board with the machine energized.

MATERIALS NEEDED

Analog Volt/Ohmmeter

5/16 in. Wrench

7/16 in. Wrench

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC


V350-PRO

WARNING


Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC


V350-PRO

MAIN SWITCH BOARD TEST (continued)

FIGURE F.2 MAIN SWITCH BOARD LEAD LOCATIONS

TEST PROCEDURE


2. Using a 5/16” nut driver, remove the casewraparound.

3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor DischargeProcedure detailed earlier in this section.

4. Using a 7/16” wrench locate, label and removeleads 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207 and208 from the switch board. Note lead andwasher placement for reassembly. Clearleads.

5. Using the Analog ohmmeter, perform the resis-tance tests detailed in Table F.1. Refer to fig-ure F.2 for test point locations. Note: Testusing an Analog ohmmeter on the Rx1 range.Make sure the test probes are making electri-cal contact with the conductor surfaces on thePC board.

- + - +

- + - +

208

201209

204

205

206203

J21 J20

J22202207

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC


V350-PRO

MAIN SWITCH BOARD TEST (continued)

TABLE F.1. SWITCH BOARD RESISTANCE TEST

6. If any test fails replace the switch board. SeeMain Switch Board Removal and Replacement.

7. If the switch board resistance tests are OK, checkconnections on plugs J20, J21, J22 and all asso-ciated wiring. See wiring diagram.

8. Reconnect leads 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206,207, and 208 to the switch board. Ensure that theleads are installed in their proper locations. Pre-Torque all leads nuts to 25 inch lbs. before tight-ening them to 44 inch lbs.

9. Replace the case wraparound cover using a 5/16”nut driver.

APPLY POSITIVE TESTPROBE TO TERMINAL

APPLY NEGATIVE TESTPROBE TO TERMINAL

NORMALRESISTANCE READING

+206

+208

+202

+201

+205

+203

+204

+207

-205

-203

-204

-207

-206

-208

-202

-201

Greater than 1000 ohms




Less than 100 ohms

Less than 100 ohms

Less than 100 ohms

Less than 100 ohms

NOTESF-20 F-20

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC


V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC INPUT RECTIFIER TEST



DESCRIPTION

This test will help determine if the input rectifier has “shorted” or “open” diodes.

MATERIALS NEEDED

Analog Voltmeter/Ohmmeter (Multimeter)

5/16” Nut Driver

Phillips Head Screwdriver

Wiring Diagram

WARNING


TEST PROCEDURE

1. Remove input power to the V350-PROmachine.

2. Using a 5/16” nut driver, remove the casewraparound cover.

3. Perform the Capacitor DischargeProcedure detailed earlier in this section.

4. Locate the input rectifier and associatedleads. See Figure F.3.

5. Carefully remove the silicone sealantfrom leads 207, 207A, and 209.

6. Using a phillips head screwdriver,remove leads 207, 207A, and 209 fromthe input rectifier.

7. Use the analog ohmmeter to perform thetests detailed in Table F.2. See theWiring Diagram.

8. Visually inspect the three MOV’S fordamage (TP1,TP2,TP3). Replace if nec-essary.


V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC INPUT RECTIFIER TEST (CONTINUED)

#207A

#207

#209A

B

C

3/16" ALLEN BOLTS

FRONT REAR

Small Lead "A"

To Circuit Breaker

Small Lead "H1"

To Auxiliary Transformer

Figure F.3 Input Rectifier


V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

9. If the input rectifier does not meet theacceptable readings outlined in Table F.2the component may be faulty. Replace

Note: Before replacing the input rectifier,check the input power switch and per-form the Main Switch Board Test. Alsocheck for leaky or faulty filter capacitors.

10. If the input rectifier is good, be sure toreconnect leads 207, 207A, and 209 tothe correct terminals and torque to 31inch lbs. Apply silicone sealant.

11. If the input rectifier is faulty, see theInput Rectifier Bridge Removal &Replacement procedure.

12. Replace the case wraparound cover.

INPUT RECTIFIER TEST (CONTINUED)

Table F.2 Input Rectifier Test Points

TEST POINT TERMINALS ANALOG METER X10 RANGE

ABC

ABC

ABC

207207207

207A207A207A

209209209

207207207

207A207A207A

209209209

ABC

ABC

ABC

Greater than 1000 ohmsGreater than 1000 ohmsGreater than 1000 ohms


Less than 100 ohmsLess than 100 ohmsLess than 100 ohms




+ PROBE - PROBE Acceptable Meter Readings

NOTESF-24 F-24

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

F-25 F-25

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR

POWER BOARD TEST



DESCRIPTION

This test will help determine if the power board is receiving the correct voltages and also ifthe power board is regulating and producing the correct DC voltages.

MATERIALS NEEDED

Volt-Ohmmeter

5/16” Nut Driver

Wiring Diagram

WARNING


TEST PROCEDURE

1. Remove input power to the V350-PROmachine.


3. Perform the Capacitor DischargeProcedure detailed earlier in this section.

4. Locate the power board and plugs J41, J42and J43. Do not remove plugs from thepower board. See Figure F.4.

5. Carefully apply the correct input voltage tothe V350-PRO.

6. Carefully test for the correct voltages at thepower board. See Table F.3.

7. If the 40VDC is low, or not present at plugJ41, check the rectifier bridge and C5 filtercapacitor. See Wiring Diagram. Also per-form the Auxiliary Transformer Test.

8. If any of the DC voltages are low, or notpresent at plugs J42 or J43, the powerboard may be faulty.


10. Replace the case wraparound cover usinga 5/16” nut driver.


V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC POWER BOARD TEST (CONTINUED)

J42

J41

J43

Figure F.4 Power Board Plug Location


V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC POWER BOARD TEST (CONTINUED)

Table F.3 Power Board Voltage Checks

CHECK POINTLOCATION

TESTDESCRIPTION

CONNECTORPLUG PIN NO.

LEAD NO.OR IDENTITY

NORMALACCEPTABLE

VOLTAGEREADING

POWER PCBOARD

CONNECTORPLUG J41

POWER PCBOARD

CONNECTORPLUG J42

POWER PCBOARD

CONNECTORPLUG J42

POWER PCBOARD

CONNECTORPLUG J42

POWER PCBOARD

CONNECTORPLUG J43

POWER PCBOARD

CONNECTORPLUG J43

POWER PCBOARD

CONNECTORPLUG J43

POWER PCBOARD

CONNECTORPLUG J43

CHECK +5VDCSUPPLY FROM

POWER PCBOARD

CHECK -15VDCSUPPLY FROM

POWER PCBOARD

CHECK +5VDC“SPI” SUPPLY

FROM POWER PC BOARD

CHECK +5VDC“RS232”

SUPPLY FROMPOWER PC

BOARD

CHECK +15VDC“SPI” SUPPLY

FROM POWERPC BOARD

CHECK +40VDCOPTIONALSOLENOID

SUPPLY FROMPOWER PC BOARD

408 (+)410 (-)

411 (+)410 (-)

403 (+)401 (-)

406 (+)405 (-)

402 (+)401 (-)

438 (+)431 (-)

5 VDC

-15 VDC

5 VDC

5 VDC

15 VDC

40 VDC

CHECK +15VDCSUPPLY FROM

POWER PCBOARD

412 (+)410 (-)

15 VDC

CHECK 40VDCSUPPLY FROMRECT. BRIDGETO POWER BD.

65 (+)66 (-)

38-42 VDC

65 66

2(+)1(-)

410

412

1(+)5(-)

410

408

3(+)5(-)

410

411

2(+)5(-)

403

4013(+)12(-)

406

4054(+)9(-)

402

401

6(+)12(-)

431

438

8(+)1(-)

NOTESF-28 F-28

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

OUTPUT DIODE MODULES TEST



DESCRIPTION

This test will help determine if any of the output diodes are “shorted”.

MATERIALS NEEDED

Analog Voltmeter/OhmmeterWiring Diagram

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC


V350-PRO

WARNING


Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC


V350-PRO

OUTPUT DIODE MODULES TEST (continued)

TEST PROCEDURE


2. Locate the output terminals on the frontpanel of the machine. See Figure F.5.

3. Remove any output cables and load from theoutput terminals.

4. Using the analog ohmmeter test for morethan 200 ohms resistance between positiveand negative output terminals. Positive testlead to the positive terminal; Negative testlead to the negative terminal. See FigureF.6.

NOTE: The polarity of the test leads is mostimportant. If the test leads polarity is not cor-rect, the test will have erroneous results.

FIGURE F.5 Machine Output Terminals

OFFOFF


HOHOT STT STARTWELD MODEWELD MODE ARC CONTRARC CONTROL



TIG GTTIG GTAW

CVCV-WIRE-WIRE


-4-4 +4+4

+2+2-2-20

-6-6 +6+6


+10+10

-8-8 +8+8

54

3

2

1

0

6

1010

9

8

7

SELECTSELECT

REMOREMOTEONON

REMOREMOTELOCALLOCAL

m


OUTPUTOUTPUT

CONTRCONTROLOL


MPSMPSA OLOLTSTSV

NEGATIVE OUTPUTTERMINAL

POSITIVE OUTPUTTERMINAL


V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC OUTPUT DIODE MODULES TEST (continued)

5. If 200 ohms is measured then the outputdiodes are not “shorted”.

NOTE: There is a 200 ohm resistor across thewelding output terminals.

6. If less than 200 ohms is measured, one ormore diodes or the snubber board may befaulty.

7. Perform the Filter Capacitor DischargeProcedure detailed in the maintenance sec-tion.

8. Locate the output diode modules and snub-ber board. See Figure F.7.

9. Test all output diode modules individually.

NOTE: This may require the disassembly ofthe leads and the snubber board from thediode modules. Refer to the Output DiodeModules Removal and ReplacementProcedure for detailed instructions.

Figure F.6 Terminal Close-Up

OFF


- PR

OB

E

+ PR

OB

E

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIROUTPUT DIODE MODULES TEST (continued)

F-32 F-32

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Figure F.7 Snubber and Output Diode Locations

LEFT SIDE

Snubber Board

Output Diode Modules

AUXILIARY TRANSFORMER TEST



DESCRIPTION

This procedure will determine if the correct voltage is being applied to the primary of auxil-iary transformer and also if the correct voltage is being induced on the secondary windingsof the transformer.

MATERIALS NEEDED

Volt-ohmmeter (Multimeter)

5/16” Nut Driver

Wiring Diagram

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC


V350-PRO

WARNING


Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC


V350-PRO

AUXILIARY TRANSFORMER TEST (continued)

TEST PROCEDURE



3. Perform the Input Capacitor DischargeProcedure detailed earlier in this section.

4. Locate the auxiliary transformer. See FigureF.8.

5. Locate the secondary leads and plugs P52and P56. See Figure F.8 and F.9.

FIGURE F.8 Auxiliary Transformer

FIGURE F.9 Plug Lead Connections Viewed From Transformer Lead Side of Plug

WARNING

REMOTE

POWER

OFF

ON

A A

MP

S

A

V V

OLTS

WELD TERMINALS

SELECT

OU

TPU

TLINCOLNELECTRIC

INVERTEC V350-PRO

Auxiliary Transformer

Secondary Lead Plugs P52 and P56

LEAD 541 LEAD

31

LEAD 24

LEAD 42

LEAD 532

PLUG P52

LEAD 41A

LEAD 54

PLUG P56


AUXILIARY TRANSFORMER NO.1 TEST (continued)

F-35 F-35

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

7. Carefully apply the correct input voltage to theV350-PRO and check for the correct sec-ondary voltages per table F.4. Make sure thereconnect jumper lead and switch are config-ured correctly for the input voltage beingapplied. Make sure circuit breaker (CB2) isfunctioning properly.

NOTE: The secondary voltages will vary if theinput line voltage varies.

8. If the correct secondary voltages are present,the auxiliary transformer is functioning proper-ly. If any of the secondary voltages are miss-ing or low, check to make certain the primaryis configured correctly for the input voltageapplied. See Wiring Diagram.

High voltage is present at primary ofAuxiliary Transformer.

9. If the correct input voltage is applied to theprimary, and the secondary voltage(s) are notcorrect, the auxiliary transformer may befaulty.


11. Install the case wraparound cover using a5/16” nut driver.

TABLE F.4

WARNING

LEAD IDENTIFICATION NORMAL EXPECTED VOLTAGE

31 TO 532 115 VAC

42 TO 541

24 TO 541

42 VAC

24 VAC

28 VAC54 TO 41A

NOTESF-36 F-36

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIRF-37 F-37

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC CURRENT TRANSDUCER TEST



DESCRIPTION

This test will help determine if the current transducer and associated wiring are functioningcorrectly.

MATERIALS NEEDED

Volt-ohmmeter

5/16” Nut Driver

Grid Bank

External DC Ammeter


WARNING

TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIRCURRENT TRANSDUCER TEST (continued)

F-38 F-38

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

TEST PROCEDURE


2. Using the 5/16” nut driver, remove the casewraparound cover.

3. Perform the Input Capacitor DischargeProcedure.

4. Using the 5/16” nut driver, remove the controlbox top and cut any necessary cable ties. SeeFigure F.10.

5. Locate plug J8 on the control board. Do notremove the plug from the P.C. Board.

6. Apply the correct input power to the V350-PRO.

7. Check for the correct DC supply voltages tothe current transducer at plug J8. See FigureF.11.

A. Pin 2 (lead 802+) to pin 6 (lead 806-)should read +15 VDC.

B. Pin 4 (lead 804+) to pin 6 (lead 806-)should read -15 VDC.

8. If either of the supply voltages are low or miss-ing, the control board may be faulty.

FIGURE F.10 Metal Plate Removal & Plug J8 Location

802801

804

806

Plug J8

FIGURE F.11. Plug J8 Viewed From Lead Side of Plug

WARNING

REMOTE

POWER

OFF

ON

A A

MP

S

A

V V

OLTS

WELD TERMINALS

SELECT

OU

TPU

TLINCOLNELECTRIC

INVERTEC V350-PRO

Metal Plate

5/16" Screws

Plug J8

TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIRCURRENT TRANSDUCER TEST (continued)

F-39 F-39

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

9. Check the feedback voltage from the currenttransducer using a resistive load bank andwith the V350-PRO in mode 200. Mode 200 isa constant current test mode. This mode canbe accessed from the front panel of the V350by pressing and holding the Mode Select but-ton while turning the machine on. Then, rotatethe output knob while still holding the ModeSelect button in until the displays read “Mode200”. Release the Mode Select Button andthe machine will be in mode 200. With theV350-PRO in mode 200, apply the grid loadacross the output of the V350-PRO, setmachine output to 300 amps and enableWELD TERMINALS. Adjust the grid load toobtain 300 amps on the external ammeter andcheck feedback voltages per Table F.5.

A. Pin 1 (lead 801) to Pin 6 (lead 806) shouldread 2.4 VDC (machine loaded to 300amps).

10. If for any reason the machine cannot beloaded to 300 amps, Table F.5. shows whatfeedback voltage is produced at various cur-rent loads.

11. If the correct supply voltages are applied tothe current transducer, and with the machineloaded, the feedback voltage is missing or notcorrect the current transducer may be faulty.Before replacing the current transducer, checkthe leads and plugs between the control board(J8) and the current transducer (J90). See TheWiring Diagram. For access to plug J90 andthe current transducer refer to: CurrentTransducer Removal and ReplacementProcedure.


13. Replace the control box top and any cable tiespreviously removed.

14. Install the case wraparound cover using the5/16” nut driver.

TABLE F.5

OUTPUT LOAD CURRENT EXPECTED TRANSDUCER FEEDBACKVOLTAGE

300

250

200

150

100

2.4

2.0

1.6

1.2

0.8

NOTESF-40 F-40

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC


V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC FAN CONTROL AND MOTOR TEST



DESCRIPTION

This test will help determine if the fan motor, control board, switch board, or associated leadsand connectors are functioning correctly.

MATERIALS NEEDED

Voltmeter

5/16” Nut Driver

WARNING


TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIRFAN CONTROL AND MOTOR TEST (continued)

F-42 F-42

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

TEST PROCEDURE

1. Remove the input power to the V350-PROmachine.


3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor DischargeProcedure.

4. Locate plug J22 on the main switch board. Donot remove the plug from the board. SeeFigure F.12.

5. Carefully apply the correct input power to themachine.

6. Carefully check for 115VAC at plug J22 pin-2to J22 pin-3. (leads 115B to COM 2) SeeFigure F.13. WARNING: HIGH VOLTAGE ISPRESENT AT THE MAIN SWITCH BOARD.

J21 J20

J22

Fan LeadLead Com 2

Fan Lead Lead 115 B

Plug J22

FIGURE F.13 PLUG J22

FIGURE F.12 PLUG J22 LOCATION

Lead 716-

Plug J20

Lead 715+

TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIRFAN CONTROL AND MOTOR TEST (continued)

F-43 F-43

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

7. If the 115VAC is low or not present performThe Auxiliary Transformer Test. Also checkplug J22 and associated leads for loose orfaulty connections. See the Wiring Diagram.

8. Energize the weld output terminals (SelectWeld Terminals ON) and carefully check for115VAC at plug J22 pin-1 to J22 pin-4 (fanleads). See Figure F.13. If the 115VAC is pre-sent and the fan is not running then the fanmotor may be faulty. Also check the associat-ed leads between plug J22 and the fan motorfor loose or faulty connections. See the WiringDiagram. WARNING: HIGH VOLTAGE ISPRESENT AT THE SWITCH BOARD.

9. If the 115VAC is NOT present in the previousstep then proceed to the fan control test.

FAN CONTROL TEST PROCEDURE

1. Locate plug J20 on the switch board. Do notremove the plug from the switch board. SeeFigure F.12 and Figure F.14.

2. Energize the weld output terminals (SelectWeld Terminals ON) and carefully check for+15VAC at plug J20 pin-6+ to J20 pin-2- (leads715 to 716). See Figure F.14. If the 15VAC ispresent and the fan is not running then theswitch board may be faulty. If the 15VDC isnot present when the weld terminals are ener-gized then the control board may be faulty.Also check plugs J20, J7, and all associatedleads for loose or faulty connections. See theWiring Diagram.

WARNING: HIGH VOLTAGE IS PRESENT ATTHE SWITCH BOARD.


Note: The fan motor may be accessed by theremoval of the rear panel detailed in TheCurrent Transducer Removal andReplacement Procedure.

4. Replace the case wrap-around cover.

FIGURE F.14 PLUG J20

NOTESF-44 F-44

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC


V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC SPI CABLE RESISTANCE AND VOLTAGE TEST



DESCRIPTION

This test will help determine if there is a possible “open” in the SPI cable and also determineif the correct supply voltages are being applied to the boards in the SPI network.

MATERIALS NEEDED

Volt/Ohmmeter

5/16” Nut Driver

WARNING


TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIRSPI CABLE RESISTANCE AND VOLTAGE TEST (continued)

F-46 F-46

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

TEST PROCEDURE



3. Perform the Capacitor Discharge Procedure.

4. Using a 5/16” nut driver, remove the controlbox top. Cut any necessary cable ties.

5. Perform the Display Board RemovalProcedure. Do not remove the SPI ribboncable connecting the display board to the sta-tus board. If a remote board is present, the SPIcable plug connecting the remote board to thedisplay board will have to be removed from thedisplay board.

6. Locate and remove plug J3 from the controlboard. See Figure F.15.

7. Check the resistance and continuity of the SPIcable by testing with the ohmmeter from each pin on plug J3 to the corresponding pins onthe plug removed from the display board. See the machine schematic drawing.

8. The resistance reading pin to correspondingpin should be zero ohms or very low resis-tance. If the resistance reading is high or“open” check the plug connections to the SPInetwork PC boards. If the connections are OKand the resistance is high or “open” the SPIcable may be faulty.

9. Using the ohmmeter check the continuity ofthe remote board SPI cable from the plug (pre-viously connected to the display board) to theplug on the remote board.

10. Reconnect the plugs into the display boardand perform the Display Board ReplacementProcedure.

11. With plug J3 still removed from the controlboard, carefully apply the correct input powerto V350-PRO.

12. Turn on the machine.

13. Carefully check for the presence of +15VDCfrom plug J3 pin -1(+) to plug J3 pin -10(-) atthe control board receptacle. See Figure F.15.

14. Carefully check for the presence of +5VDCfrom plug J3 pin -2(+) to plug J3 pin -10(-) atthe control board receptacle. See Figure F.15.

15. If either of these voltages are low or not pre-sent, the control board may be faulty. Replace.

16. Remove the input power to the V350-PROmachine.

17. Replace plug J3 into the control board.

18. Replace the control box top and any cable tiespreviously removed.

19. Replace the case wrap-around cover.

Plug J3

Pin 10

Pin 1

Pin 2

FIGURE F.15 Plug J3

Right Side

J3

VOLTAGE AND CURRENT CALIBRATION PROCEDURE



DESCRIPTION

This test will help determine if the machine is capable of producing welding output and tocheck and adjust, if necessary, the voltage and or current calibration.

MATERIALS NEEDED

Resistive Load Bank

Calibrated Test Voltmeter

Calibrated Test Ammeter


V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

WARNING


TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIRVOLTAGE AND CURRENT CALIBRATION PROCEDURE (continued)

F-48 F-48

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

CALIBRATION CHECK

The calibration of the V350-PRO can be checkedusing a resistive load bank with the V350-PRO inmode 200. Mode 200 is a constant current testmode.

1. Press and hold in the Mode Select button.

2. Turn on the V350-PRO.

3. Rotate the output knob, while still holding themode select button in, until the displays read“mode 200”.

4. Release the Mode Select button and themachine will be in mode 200.

5. With the machine in mode 200 apply a resistiveload to the welding output terminals (approxi-mately .087 ohms) set the machine output to300 amps and enable the Weld Terminals.(Weld Terminals Select ON).

6. Using the test meters note the output voltageand current.

7. The V350-PRO voltmeter must match the testmeter reading to within +/- 1 volt.

8. The V350-PRO ammeter must match the testmeter within +/- 5 amps.

9. If the voltmeter does not meet the specificationthen proceed to the Voltage CalibrationProcedure.

10. If the ammeter does not meet the specificationthen proceed to the Current CalibrationProcedure.

NOTE: Before attempting to calibrate the voltage or current setting of the V350-PRO, be sure to readthe entire voltage or current calibration section. Ifthe steps are not completed quickly, the machinewill automatically leave the calibration mode with-out changing the calibration settings. The voltageand current calibration settings of the V350-PROare completely independent of each other.Adjusting one will not affect the other.

VOLTAGE CALIBRATION

1. Connect the resistive load band (approximate-ly .087 ohms) and test voltmeter to the weldingoutput terminals.



4. Rotate the Output Control knob until the dis-play reads “vol cAL”.

5. Release the Mode Select button.

6. Adjust the output control knob until the actualoutput voltage reading on the test volt meter is 20volts +/- .5 volts.

7. Wait for the machine’s output to be automati-cally turned off and then back on.

8. Adjust the Output Control knob again if neces-sary to make the actual voltage output 20 volts+/- .5 volts.

9. Wait for the machine’s output to be automati-cally turned off and then back on.

10. Repeat the above two steps if necessary.

11. Press and release the Mode Select button tosave the calibration.

NOTE: If the Mode Select button is notpressed within 30 seconds after adjusting theOutput Control knob the machine will leave thecalibration mode and use the previous calibra-tion settings.

CURRENT CALIBRATION PROCEDURE

1. Connect the resistive load band (approxi-mately .087 ohms) and test ammeter to thewelding output terminals.



4. Rotate the Output Control knob until thedisplay reads “cur cAL”.

5. Release the Mode Select button.

6. The left display will change to “IcAL” toindicate that current calibration is inprogress.

7. The right display will scroll the followingmessage: Adj oCP SorEAL cur-300A.

8. Adjust the Output Control knob until theactual output current reading on the testammeter is 300amps +/-2A.

9. Wait for the machines output to be automatically turned off and then back on.

10. Adjust the Output Control knob again ifnecessary to make the actual output cur-rent reading on the test ammeter 300amps +/-2A.

11. Wait for the machines output to be a u t o -matically turned off and then back on.

12. Repeat the above two steps if necessary.

13. Press and release the Mode Select buttonto save the calibration.

14. The left display will scroll the message IcALSAVEd.

15. The machine will reset to normal operation.

NOTE: If the Mode Select button is notpressed within 30 seconds after adjustingthe Output Control knob the machine willleave the calibration mode and use the pre-vious calibration settings.

TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIRVOLTAGE AND CURRENT CALIBRATION PROCEDURE (continued)

F-49 F-49

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

NOTESF-50 F-50

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

CONTROL BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT


If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform thetest/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electricaltroubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353) (WELD).

DESCRIPTION

The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the control board for maintenanceor replacement.

MATERIALS NEEDED

5/16” Nut Driver

3/8” Nut Drive

Flathead Screwdriver


Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

V350-PRO


WARNING


Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

V350-PRO


PROCEDURE


2. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the case wrap-around cover.


4. Locate the control board behind the front panel ofthe machine. See Figure F.16.

5. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the four screwsfrom the top and bottom of the front of themachine. See Figure F.17.

6. Using a phillips head screwdriver remove the sixscrews and their washers from around the inputpower switch. See Figure F.17.

7. Using a phillips head screwdriver remove the fourscrews from around the two welder output termi-nals on the front of the machine. See Figure F.17.

CONTROL BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)

Input Power Switch Screws

Welder OutputTerminal Screws

5/16" Screws

5/16" Screws

OFFOFF





TIG GTTIG GTAW

CVCV-WIRE-WIRE


-4-4 +4+4

+2+2-2-20

-6-6 +6+6


+10+10

-8-8 +8+8

54

3

2

1

0

6

1010

9

8

7

SELECTSELECT

REMOREMOTETEONON


m


OUTPUTOUTPUT

CONTRCONTROLOL


MPSMPSA OLOLTSTSV

FIGURE F.16 - CONTROL BOARD LOCATION

FIGURE F.17 CASE FRONT SCREW REMOVAL

WARNING

REMOTE

POWER

OFF

ON

A A

MP

S

A

V V

OLTS

WELD TERMINALS

SELECT

OU

TPU

TLINCOLNELECTRIC

INVERTEC V350-PRO

Control Board

Observe static precautions detailed in PCBoard Troubleshooting Procedures at thebeginning of this section.

8. The front of the machine may now gently be pulledforward to gain access to the Control Board. Note:The front of the machine cannot be removed com-pletely, only pulled forward a few inches.

9. Using a 5/16” nut driver or a flathead screwdriverremove the metal plate on the top of the machinethat holds the case front assembly to the centerpanel. There are two nylon cable ties that willneed to be cut in order for the metal plate to beremoved. See Figure F.18.

10. The control board is now accessible to replace.

CAUTION

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC


WARNING

REMOTE

POWER

OFF

ON

A A

MP

S

A

V V

OLTS

WELD TERMINALS

SELECT

OU

TPU

TLINCOLNELECTRIC

INVERTEC V350-PRO

Metal Plate

5/16" Screws

Plug J8

FIGURE F.18. - METAL PLATE LOCATION

CONTROL BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

11.. Beginning at the right side of the machineremove plugs J10A and J10B. Note: Be sure tolabel each plugs position upon removal. SeeFigure F.19.

12. Working your way across the top of the boardfrom right to left, label and remove plugs #J9,#J8, #J7, #J6, and #J5. See Figure F.19.

13. Working your way down the left side of the board,remove plugs #J4 and #J3. See Figure F.19.

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIRCONTROL BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)

F-54 F-54

FIGURE F.19 CONTROL BOARD PLUG LOCATION

Right Side

J10B

J10A

J9J8J7J6J5

J4

J3

F-55 F-55

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

14. Using a 3/8” nut driver remove the four mountingnuts from the four corners of the control board.See Figure F.20.

15. Remove the control board. Note: Gentle pryingfrom behind the board using a flathead screw-driver may be required.

16. Replace the control board.


FIGURE F.20 CONTROL BOARD MOUNTING SCREW LOCATION

Right Side

MountingScrews

17. Replace the four 3/8” mounting nuts at the cor-ners of the board.

18. Replace plugs #J3, #J4, #J5, #J6, #J7, #J8, #J9,#J10B, and #J10A previously removed.

19. Using a 5/16” nut driver, replace the metal plateon the top of the machine that holds the casefront assembly to the center panel. Replace allcable ties previously removed.

20. Replace the four phillips head screws removedfrom the front of the machine located around thetwo welder output terminals.

21. Replace the six phillips head screws and theirwashers from around the input power switch.

22. Using a 5/16” nut driver replace the four screwspreviously removed from the front of the machine



F-56 F-56

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

DISPLAY BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT


If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform thetest/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electricaltroubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call or 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).

DESCRIPTION

The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the display board for maintenanceor replacement.

MATERIALS NEEDED

5/16” Nut Driver



Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

V350-PRO


WARNING


Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

V350-PRO


FIGURE F.21 – DISPLAY BOARD LOCATION

WARNING

REMOTE

POWER

OFF

ON

A A

MP

S

A

V V

OLTS

WELD TERMINALS

SELECT

OU

TPU

TLINCOLNELECTRIC

INVERTEC V350-PRO

L11130-1

CS71D1

Display Board

L11107-2

STATUS INPUT

Status Board

L11110-1

MODE SELECT

Mode Board

DISPLAY BOARD REMOVAL & REPLACEMENT (continued)

PROCEDURE


2. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the casewraparound cover.

3. Perform the Input Filter CapacitorDischarge Procedure detailed earlier in thissection.

4. Locate the display board behind the frontpanel of the machine. See Figure F.21.

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIRDISPLAY BOARD REMOVAL & REPLACEMENT (continued)

F-59 F-59

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

FIGURE F.22 – CASE FRONT SCREW LOCATION



5/16" Screws

5/16" Screws

OFFOFF


HOT STARARTWELD MODEWELD MODE ARC CONTRARC CONTROLOL



TIG GTTIG GTAW

CVCV-WIRE-WIRE


-4-4 +4+4

+2+2-2-20

-6-6 +6+6


+10+10

-8-8 +8+8

54

3

2

1

0

6

1010

9

8

7

SELECTSELECT

REMOREMOTETEONON


m


OUTPUTOUTPUT

CONTRCONTROLOL


MPSMPSA OLOLTSTSV

5. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the fourscrews from the top and bottom of the front ofthe machine. See Figure F.22.

6. Using a phillips head screwdriver remove thesix screws and their washers from around theinput power switch. See Figure F.22.

7. Using a phillips head screwdriver remove thefour screws from around the two welder out-put terminals on the front of the machine. SeeFigure F.22.

8. The front of the machine may now gently bepulled forward to gain access to the displayBoard. Note: The front of the machine cannotbe removed completely, only pulled forward afew inches.

9. The display board is now accessible toreplace.

10. Remove plug #J37 from the display board.

11. Remove plug #J3 originating from the controlboard located directly across from the displayboard.

12. Remove the display board. Note: Gentle pryingfrom behind the board may be required.

13. Replace the display board.

14. Replace plugs #J3 and #J37 previously removed.





TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIRDISPLAY BOARD REMOVAL & REPLACEMENT (continued)

F-60 F-60

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

MAIN SWITCH BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT



DESCRIPTION

The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the main switch board for main-tenance or replacement.

MATERIALS NEEDED5/16” Nut Driver


7/16” mm Socket

3/16” Allen Wrench

3/8” Nut Driver

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC


WARNING


PROCEDURE




Observe static precautions detailed in PC Board

Troubleshooting Procedures at the beginning of

this section. Failure to do so can result in perma-

nent damage to equipment.

4. Locate the main switch board and all associat-ed plug and lead connections. See figure F.23.See Wiring Diagram.

5. Using a 5/16” and 3/8” nut driver remove theinput lead shield from the area at the bottom ofthe main switch board.

6. Using a 7/16” socket, remove leads 201, 202,203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209 from theswitch board. Note lead terminals locationsand washer positions upon removal.

7. Locate and disconnect the three harness plugsassociated with the main switch board. Plugs#J20, #J21, #J22. See Figure F.23.

8. Locate the eight capacitor terminals andremove the nuts using a 7/16” socket or nutdriver. Note the position of the washers behindeach nut for replacement.

CAUTION

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC


FIGURE F.23 – MAIN SWITCH BOARD LEAD LOCATIONS

MAIN SWITCH BOARD REMOVAL & REPLACEMENT (continued)

- + - +

- + - +

208

201209

204

205

206203

J21 J20

J22202207

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC


FIGURE F.24 – 3/16” ALLEN BOLT LOCATION

FIGURE F.25 – NYLON MOUNTING PIN

- + - +

- + - +

3/16" ALLEN BOLTS

MAIN SWITCH BOARD REMOVAL & REPLACEMENT (continued)

9. Using a 3/16” allen wrench remove four allenbolts and washers as shown in Figure F.24.At this point, the board is ready for removal.Carefully remove the board from the 4 nylonmounting pins. Note: Depress the retainingpins on the sides of the nylon mounts torelease the board. See Figure F.25.

10. Carefully maneuver the board out of themachine.

11. Apply a thin coat of Penetrox A-13 to theIGBT heatsinks on the back of the newswitch boards mating surfaces. Note: Keepcompound away from the mounting holes.

12. Mount the new board on the nylon mount-ing pins.

13. Replace the four allen bolts and washerspreviously removed.

14. Replace the eight capacitor terminal nuts,washers, and necessary leads previouslyremoved.

15. Reconnect the three harness plugs previous-ly removed.

16. Reconnect the nine leads (#201-#209) thatwere previously removed.

17. Pre-torque all screws to 25 inch lbs. beforetightening to 44 inch lbs.


DEPRESS LOCKING TAB ON MOUNTING PIN

NOTESF-64 F-64

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

MODE BOARDREMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT



DESCRIPTION

The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the mode board for maintenanceor replacement.

MATERIALS NEEDED

5/16” Nut Driver

Small Flathead Screwdriver


1/4” Wrench

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC


WARNING


V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC


FIGURE F.26 – MODE BOARD LOCATION

WARNING

REMOTE

POWER

OFF

ON

A A

MP

S

A

V V

OLTS

WELD TERMINALS

SELECT

OU

TPU

TLINCOLNELECTRIC

INVERTEC V350-PRO

L11130-1

CS71D1

Display Board

L11107-2

STATUS INPUT

Status Board

L11110-1

MODE SELECT

Mode Board

MODE BOARDREMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)

PROCEDURE




4. Locate the mode board behind the front panelof the machine. See Figure F.26.


V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

FIGURE F.27 – CASE FRONT SCREW REMOVAL



5/16" Screws

5/16" Screws

OFFOFF

OFF OFF OFFONON

HOT STARTWELD MODE ARC CONTROL



TIG GTTIG GTAW

CVCV-WIRE-WIRE


-4-4 +4+4

+2+2-2-20

-6-6 +6+6


+10+10

-8-8 +8+8

54

3

2

1

0

6

1010

9

8

7

SELECTSELECT

REMOREMOTETEONON


m


OUTPUTOUTPUT

CONTRCONTROLOL


MPSMPSA OLOLTSTSV

MODE BOARDREMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)

5. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the fourscrews from the top and bottom of the front ofthe machine. See Figure F.27.

6. Using a phillips head screwdriver remove thesix screws and their washers from around theinput power switch. See Figure F.27.

7. Using a phillips head screwdriver remove thefour screws from around the two welder outputterminals on the front of the machine. SeeFigure F.27.

8. The front of the machine may now gently bepulled forward to gain access to the modeboard. Note: The front of the machine cannotbe removed completely, only pulled forward afew inches.


V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC MODE BOARD

REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)

FIGURE F.28. – CASE FRONT

9. Remove plug #J34 from the mode board.

10. Remove plug #J31 originating from the statusboard located directly above the mode board.

11. Open the cover of the weld mode display onthe front of the machine.

12. Using a 5/16” nut driver, remove the three5/16” screws as shown in Figure F.28.

13. Carefully maneuver the the mode faceplate upand away from the machine. The bottom ofthe plate will come out first. Note: The modeboard will still be attached to its mountingplate.

14. Place both knobs in the full counter clockwiseposition to gain access to the mountingscrews.

15. Using a small flathead screwdriver, loosen thescrew in the “Hot Start” knob and the “ArcControl” knob. The knobs should slide off oftheir shafts. See Figure F.29.

16. Using a 1/4” wrench remove the nuts and theirwashers behind the “Hot Start” and “ArcControl” knobs.

17. Remove the mode board by gently prying frombehind the board.

OFFOFF


HOHOT STT STARTWELD MODEWELD MODE ARC CONTRARC CONTROLOL

CC-STICK SOFT

CC-STICK CRISP

TIG GTAW

CV-WIRE

CV-FLUX CORED

-4 +4+4

+2+2-20

-6 +6+6


+10+10

-8 +8+8

54

3

2

1

0

6

1010

9

8

7

SELECT

REMOREMOTETEONON


m


OUTPUTOUTPUT

CONTRCONTROLOL


MPSMPSA OLOLTSTSV

5/16" Screws


V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC MODE BOARD

REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)FIGURE F.29 – SCREW IN CAP

Small Flathead Screwdriver

18. Replace the mode board.

19. Replace the 1/4” nuts and their washers thatmount the “Hot Start” and “Arc Control”knobs.

20. Using a small screwdriver replace the twoknobs previously removed. Be sure to placeboth potentiometers in the full counter clock-wise position and position knobs for propercalibration.

21. Replace the three 5/16” screws previouslyremoved from the front of the machine locatedaround the mode board knobs.

22. Replace plugs #J31 and #J34 previouslyremoved.

23. Replace the four phillips head screws removedfrom the front of the machine located aroundthe two welder output terminals.


25. Using a 5/16” nut driver replace the fourscrews previously removed from the front ofthe machine


NOTESF-70 F-70

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

STATUS BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT



DESCRIPTION

The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the status board for maintenanceor replacement.

MATERIALS NEEDED

5/16” Nut Driver



V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC


WARNING


V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC


FIGURE F.30 – STATUS BOARD LOCATION

WARNING

REMOTE

POWER

OFF

ON

A A

MP

S

A

V V

OLTS

WELD TERMINALS

SELECT

OU

TPU

TLINCOLNELECTRIC

INVERTEC V350-PRO

L11130-1

CS71D1

Display Board

L11107-2

STATUS INPUT

Status Board

L11110-1

MODE SELECT

Mode Board

STATUS BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)

PROCEDURE




4. Locate the status board behind the frontpanel of the machine. See Figure F.30.

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC


STATUS BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)

5. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the four screwsfrom the top and bottom of the front of themachine. See Figure F.31.

6. Using a phillips head screwdriver remove the sixscrews and their washers from around the inputpower switch. See Figure F.31.

7. Using a phillips head screwdriver remove the fourscrews from around the two welder output termi-nals on the front of the machine. See Figure F.31.

8. The front of the machine may now gently be pulledforward to gain access to the status Board. Note: The front of the machine cannot be removedcompletely, only pulled forward a few inches.

9. The status board is now accessible to replace.

FIGURE F.31 – FRONT SCREW REMOVAL



5/16" Screws

5/16" Screws

OFFOFF





TIG GTTIG GTAW

CVCV-WIRE-WIRE


-4-4 +4+4

+2+2-2-20

-6-6 +6+6


+10+10

-8-8 +8+8

54

3

2

1

0

6

1010

9

8

7

SELECTSELECT

REMOTEON

REMOTELOCAL

m

WELD TERMINALS

OUTPUT

CONTROL

SELECT SELECT

MPSA OLTSV

10. Remove plug #J311 and plug #J31 from the sta-tus board.

11. Remove plug #J37 originating from the displayboard located directly above the status board.

12. Remove the status board. Note: Gentle pryingfrom behind the board will be required.

13. Replace the status board.

14. Replace plug #J37 previously removed.

15. Replace plug #J31 and plug #J311 previouslyremoved.






V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC STATUS BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)

SNUBBER BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT



DESCRIPTION

The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the snubber board for mainte-nance or replacement.

MATERIALS NEEDED

5/16” Nut Driver

7/16 Socket or Nut Driver

F-75 F-75

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

WARNING



PROCEDURE




4. Locate the snubber board.. See Figure F.32.

5. Remove small lead #B1 from the board. SeeFigure F.33.

6. Remove the four bolts using a 7/16” socket. Twoof these bolts have leads #30 and #10 connectedto them. Note the position of all leads and associ-ated washers upon removal.

7. Carefully remove the snubber board.

8. Replace the snubber board.

9. Replace the bolts, leads, and washers previouslyremoved. Torque bolt to 30-40 Inch Lbs.



V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC SNUBBER BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)

LEFT SIDE

Snubber Board

FIGURE F.32 – SNUBBER BOARD LOCATION

Lead B1

Lead 30

Lead 10

FIGURE F.33 – SNUBBER BOARD LEADS (CLOSE UP)

POWER BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT



DESCRIPTION

The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the power board for maintenanceor replacement.

MATERIALS NEEDED

5/16” Nut Driver


WARNING

F-77 F-77

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC



PROCEDURE




4. Locate the power board. See Figure F.34.


V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC POWER BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)

LEFT SIDE

POWER BOARD

FIGURE F.34 POWER BOARD LOCATION

5. Locate the three plug connections. J41, J42 andJ43. See figure F.35.

6. Carefully remove the three plugs from the powerboard.

7. Remove the four screws and associated washersat the corners of the board using a flathead screw-driver. Board is ready for removal. Note the posi-tion of washers upon removal.

8. Remove the power board.

9. Replace with new power board.

10. Secure the new power board into its proper posi-tion with the four screws and washers previouslyremoved.

11. Replace the three plugs previously removed.Plugs J41, J42 and J43.


TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIRPOWER BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)

F-79 F-79

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

J42

J41

J43

FIGURE F.35 – POWER BOARD LEAD LOCATION

NOTESF-80 F-80

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC


V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

INPUT RECTIFIER REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT



DESCRIPTION

The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the input rectifier for maintenanceor replacement.

MATERIALS NEEDED

3/16” Allen wrench

5/16” Nut Driver


Penetrox A-13 Heatsink Compound

Silicon Sealant

WARNING


PROCEDURE


2. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the case wraparound cover.


4. Locate the input rectifier. See figure F.36.

5. Carefully remove the silicon sealant insulating thesix input rectifier terminals.

6. Remove the six screws from the terminals using aflathead screwdriver. Carefully note the position ofall leads and their positions upon removal. SeeFigure F.37.

7. Using a 3/16”in. allen wrench remove the twomounting screws and washers from the inputbridge. See Figure F.37.

8. Remove the input bridge.

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIRINPUT RECTIFIER REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)

F-82 F-82

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

WARNING

REMOTE

POWER

OFF

ON

A A

MP

S

A

V V

OLTS

WELD TERMINALS

SELECT

OU

TPU

TLINCOLNELECTRIC

INVERTEC V350-PRO

INPUT RECTIFIER

FIGURE F.36 – INPUT RECTIFIER LOCATION

9. Apply a thin coat of Penetrox A-13 heatsink com-pound to the point of contact between the inputrectifier and the mounting surface.

10. Secure the new input bridge into its proper posi-tion with the two 3/16”in. allen mounting screwspreviously removed. Torque to 44 inch pounds.

11. Reconnect the previously removed leads to theirproper locations. Torque to 31 inch pounds.

12. Cover the input rectifier and its six terminals withsilicon sealant.


TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIRINPUT RECTIFIER REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)

F-83 F-83

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

#207A

#207

#209A

B

C

3/16" ALLEN BOLTS

FRONT REAR

Small Lead "A"

To Circuit Breaker

Small Lead "H1"

To Auxiliary Transformer

FIGURE F.37 – INPUT RECTIFIER (CLOSE-UP)

NOTESF-84 F-84

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

F-85 F-85

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIROUTPUT RECTIFIER MODULES REMOVAL AND

REPLACEMENT



DESCRIPTION

The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the output rectifier modules formaintenance or replacement.

MATERIALS NEEDED



5/16” Nut Driver

7/16” Wrench


Penetrox A-13 Heatsink Compound

Thin Knife/Screwdriver

WARNING


PROCEDURE




4. Locate the output rectifier modules located behindthe snubber board. See figure F.38.

5. Before the output rectifier modules can bereached, the Snubber Board RemovalProcedure must be performed.

6. After the snubber board is removed, remove thefour leads connected to the modules using a 3/16”allen wrench. These leads are #X4, #X2, #20, #40.Note their positions for reassembly. See FigureF.38.

7. Remove the copper plates from the tops of themodules.

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIROUTPUT RECTIFIER MODULES


F-86 F-86

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

LEFT SIDE

Lead #40

Lead #X4

Lead #X2Lead #20

Snubber Board

FIGURE F.38 – OUTPUT RECTIFIER MODULE LEAD LOCATIONS

8. Under the copper plate previously removed, thereis an allen bolt. Remove it using a 9/64” allenwrench.

9. Using a 7/16” socket remove the mounting bolts atthe top and bottom of the modules. See FigureF.39.

10. The output rectifier modules are ready for removaland/or replacement.

11. Before replacing the diode module, apply a thineven coat of Penetrox A-13 heatsink compoundto the bottom surface of the diode module. Note:Keep the compound away from the mountingholes.

12. Press the module firmly against the sink whilealigning the mounting holes. Insert each outerscrew through a spring washer and then a plainwasher and into the holes. Start threading allthree screws into the heat sink (2 or 3 turns byhand).

13. The screw threads may catch on the threads ofthe heat sink, so be sure to get the face of thescrew into contact with the surface of the module(using just hand torque).

14. Using a 7/16” socket, tighten each mounting boltto between 5 and 10 inch pounds.

15 Tighten the center allen screw to between 12 and18 inch pounds.

16. Tighten each mounting bolt again (30 to 40 inchpounds this time).

15. Replace leads #X2, #X4, #20, #40 to their originalterminals in their proper positions. Torque bolts to30-40 Inch Pounds.

16. Perform the Snubber Board ReplacementProcedure detailed earlier in this section.


TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIROUTPUT RECTIFIER MODULES


F-87 F-87

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

LEFT SIDEMounting Bolts

Mounting Bolts

3/16" Allen Bolts

9/64" Allen Bolts

FIGURE F.39 – OUTPUT RECTIFIER MODULE MOUNTING BOLT LOCATIONS

NOTESF-88 F-88

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

F-89 F-89

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIRCURRENT TRANSDUCER REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT



DESCRIPTION

The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the current transducer for maintenance or replacement.

MATERIALS NEEDED5/16” Nut Driver

1/4” Nut Driver

1/2” Wrench

3/8” Wrench

Channel Locks



Hammer

Crescent Wrench

Pliers

WARNING


PROCEDURE




4. Remove the caps on the two wire feeder recepta-cles.

5. Using a phillips head screwdriver remove the twomounting screws from each wire feeder recepta-cle. See Figure F.40.

6. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the four screwsfrom the top and bottom of the back of themachine. See Figure F.40.

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIRCURRENT TRANSDUCER REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)

F-90 F-90

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

OFF OFF OFF

OFF

Wire Feeder Receptacle Mounting Screws

Plastic Nut

5/16" Mounting Screws

REAR

FIGURE F.40 – CASE BACK SCREW LOCATIONS

7. Label and remove the four leads connected to thetwo wire feeder circuit breakers. Pliers may benecessary.

8. Label and remove the two leads connecting to theCB2 circuit breaker. Pliers may be necessary.

9. Label and remove the seven leads from the reconnect panel. Pliers may be necessary.

10. Using a crescent wrench, remove the large plasticnut from around the input power line located atbottom of the rear assembly. See Figure F.41.

11. Locate the steel nut located directly on the otherside of the rear assembly behind the plastic nutthat was previously removed. See Figure F.41.

12. Using a hammer and a flathead screwdriver, firm-ly tap the metal nut from the bottom of one of itsribs. This tapping will loosen the nut. Note: Besure to tap from the bottom so the nut loosens ina counter clockwise fashion if viewed from thefront of the machine.

13. Using a 3/8” wrench label and remove leads #202,#203, #206, #207A from the reconnect switches.See Figure F.41.


F-91 F-91

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

WARNING

REMOTE

POWER

OFF

ON

A A

MP

S

A

V V

OLTS

WELD TERMINALS

SELECT

OU

TPU

TLINCOLNELECTRIC

INVERTEC V350-PRO

Metal Nut

Plastic Nut

#203#207A

#206#202

FIGURE F.41 LEAD LOCATIONS

14. The back of the machine may now gently bepulled away to gain access to the current trans-ducer. Note: The rear of the machine cannot beremoved completely.

15. Carefully swing the rear of the machine open tothe right while facing the rear of the machine.

16. Perform the Snubber Board RemovalProcedure.

17. Remove leads #X2 and #20 from the output diodemodule.

18. Remove leads #X4 and #40 from the other outputdiode module.

19. Using a 3/8” wrench, remove the four mountingscrews from the output diode heatsink assembly.Take note placement of insulation for reassembly.See Figure F.42.

20. Cut any necessary cable ties and carefully removethe heavy lead from the diode heatsink.

21. Remove the output diode heatsink assemblythrough the rear of the machine.

22. Remove plug #J90 from the current transducer.

23. Using a 3/8” nut driver, remove the two mountingnuts from the current transducer.


F-92 F-92

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

LEFT SIDE

FOUR 3/8" MOUNTING BOLTS

FIGURE F.42– OUTPUT HEATSINK MOUNTING SCREW LOCATION

24. Replace the current transducer.

25. Replace the two 3/8” mounting nuts previouslyremoved.

26. Reconnect plug #J90 to the current transducer.

27. Replace any necessary cable ties previously cut.

28. Replace the output diode heatsink assembly pre-viously removed using a 3/8” wrench.

Note: Be sure to place insulation in its originallocation.

29. Replace leads #X2, #20, #X4, #40 previouslyremoved from the two output diode modules.Torque to 30-40 inch lbs.

30. Perform the Snubber Board ReplacementProcedure.

31. From the rear of the machine, replace the heavyflex lead to the bottom of the output diodeheatsink assembly using a 1/2” wrench. Note:Don’t forget to include all washers.

32. The rear of the machine may now be placed backinto its original position.

33. Using a 3/8” wrench, replace leads #202, #203,#206, and #207A previously removed from thereconnect switches.

34. Tighten the metal nut previously removed from theinside of the rear wall on the back of the machine.Channel locks may be necessary.

35. Replace the large plastic nut from around inputpower line located at the back of the machine.

36. Replace the seven leads to the reconnect panel intheir proper locations.

37. Replace the two leads to the CB2 circuit breaker.

38. Replace the four leads to the two wire feeder cir-cuit breakers.

39. Using a 5/16” nut driver, replace the four screwsat the top and bottom at the rear of the machine.

40. Replace the two phillips head mounting screwsfrom around each wire feeder receptacle.



F-93 F-93

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIRRETEST AFTER REPAIR

F-94 F-94

V350-PRORet

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Retest a machine:

If it is rejected under test for any reason that requires you to remove any part which could affect themachine’s electrical characteristics.

If you repair or replace any electrical components:

IDLE AMPS

Input Volts

230VAC

460VAC

575VAC

Maximum Idle Amps

Less Than 1.0 Amp

Less Than 0.5 Amp

Less Than 0.5 Amp

Idle Watts

400 Watts

400 Watts

400 Watts

Note: The machine’s output terminals should be energized but with no external load on themachine.

PERFORM THE VOLTAGE AND CURRENT CALIBRATION PROCEDUREThis procedure is necessary to insure that the machine is capable of producing output and that the unit is

calibrated correctly.

FAN AS NEEDED (F.A.N.)The fan should turn on when the machine’s output terminals are energized and stay on for approximately

5 minutes after the output terminals are de-energized.

G-1ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMSG-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS -ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS SECTION-

ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION GWIRING DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-2MACHINE SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-3CONTROL PC BOARD SCHEMATIC #1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-4CONTROL PC BOARD SCHEMATIC #2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-5CONTROL PC BOARD SCHEMATIC #3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-6CONTROL PC BOARD SCHEMATIC #4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-7CONTROL PC BOARD ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-8POWER SUPPLY PC BOARD SCHEMATIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-9POWER SUPPLY PC BOARD ASSEMBLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-10SWITCH PC BOARD SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-11SWITCH PC BOARD ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-12DISPLAY PC BOARD SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-13DISPLAY PC BOARD ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-14STATUS PC BOARD SCHEMATIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-15STATUS PC BOARD ASSEMBLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-16MODE SELECT PC BOARD SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-17MODE SELECT PC BOARD ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-18REMOTE PC BOARD SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-19REMOTE PC BOARD ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-20SNUBBER PC BOARD SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-21SNUBBER PC BOARD ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-22

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

V350-PRO

ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS G-2

V350-PRO

WIRING DIAGRAM - INVERTEC V350-PRO

FAN

FRO

NT

OF

MAC

HINE

MAINXFMR

205

201

2. FOR MACHINES NOT SUPPLIED WITH INPUT CABLE

FOR SINGLE PHASE INPUT: GROUND MACHINE PER NATIONAL AND LOCAL ELECTRICAL CODES.

CONNECT TERMINALS U & W TO SUPPLY CIRCUIT.

FOR THREE PHASE INPUT: GROUND MACHINE PER NATIONAL AND LOCAL ELECTRICAL CODES.

CONNECT TERMINALS U, V & W TO SUPPLY CIRCUIT.

H3

H2

RECONNECT

H5

H4

NOTES:

N.A. 1. FOR MACHINES SUPPLIED WITH INPUT CABLE

FOR SINGLE PHASE INPUT: CONNECT GREEN LEAD TO GROUND PER NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE.

CONNECT BLACK AND WHITE LEADS TO SUPPLY CIRCUIT.

WRAP RED LEAD WITH TAPE TO PROVIDE 600V. INSULATION.

FOR THREE PHASE INPUT: CONNECT GREEN LEAD TO GROUND PER NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE.

CONNECT BLACK, RED & WHITE LEADS TO SUPPLY CIRCUIT.

FAN

X10

X3

X20

X2

3

2

6

N.C. PLACE "A" LEAD ON APPROPRIATE CONNECTION FOR INPUT VOLTAGE.

CONNECTION SHOWN IS FOR 550-575V OPERATION.

A

LEFT SIDE OF MACHINE

204

AA

208

B

G3707

WIRING DIAGRAM INVERTEC V350-PRO

REA

R O

F M

ACH

INE

X30

X40X4

X

1

6-2-2000A

SEC

BO

OST

RIGHT SIDE OF MACHINE

7

N.B. SINCE COMPONENTS OR CIRCUITRY OF A PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD MAY CHANGE WITHOUT AFFECTING

THE INTERCHANGEABILITY OF A COMPLETE BOARD, THIS DIAGRAM MAY NOT SHOW THE EXACT

COMPONENTS OR CIRCUITRY HAVING A COMMON CODE NUMBER.

206

( 380-575VAC POSITION )

207A276

277

275

STATUS

R5

10K/2W

POTCONTROL

277

275

1 3

2 4

DISPLAY

5 10

1 6

4 9

83

2 7

MODE

CONTROL

276

R

B A

G

W

CB1

W

V

C

B

U

2

3

4

1

1

5

J4 J3

J5

J6

J7

J8

J9

J10A J10B

403

402

401

408

405

410

41

1

412

40

7

7

23

89

46 1

10

5

1112

2

3

4

1

502

503

_

+

10201002

H1

B

TP1TP3

A

A

TP2

C

205

206 203

208

+

201204

202 2073200/300

C2,C4

xxxxxxx

209

SWITCH

207

209

207A

203

202

H6

575V

550-

460V

440-

230V

220-

380-

415V 208V

200-

H5

H6

H2

H3

H4

AUXILIARY

H1

XFMR

7

2

3

8

9

4

6

1

5

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

609

602

611

607

901

903

804

903

72

3 8

94

61

105

2

234 15

78910

2

3

1

6

5

4

7

8

802

806801

Y = YELLOW

W = WHITE

N = BROWN

U = BLUE

R = RED

G = GREEN

B = BLACK

COLOR CODE:

7

3 8

94

61

105

BRIDGEINPUT

2A

_

+A

BE

F C

D

_

901

ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS PER E1537

PRIMARY

PRI-I

N

PRI-O

UT

PRI-O

UT

PRI-I

N

SEC

BO

OST

OUTPUTRECTIFIER

CURRENTTRANSDUCER

502

505

L2REACTOR

CHOKE

REACTORL1

INPUTPERN.A.

}

406

612

608

J34

J31

J311 J37

J2

J1

E

F

A B

C

D

802

80

4

801

806

4 3 2 1

+

(REAR VIEW)

2A

4A

32

76A

21

REMOTE

1 7

4 10

93

2 8

J33

5 10

1 6

4 9

83

2 7

J331

7

42V

54

1

24

24V

16

42

CO

M1

77

4A

75

4

6 12

115

551

553

552

554

115V

P56

P525

4 2

7577 76

21

903A

901A

554553

+

TP4

TP5

405

407

66

654

13

2

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

1

4

3

2

406

401

402

403

6

5

4 1

3

2

408

410

412

411

J43

J41

J42

POWER

GASSOLENOID

115V WIRE FEEDERREMOTE

16

15

715

716

615

616

615

607

611

612

3200/300

C1,C3+

CONTROLRECTIFIER

54

65

2400/80

+

C5

41A

~

~

66

-

+

6 PINREMOTE

(REAR VIEW )

610

605

41A

6

100 A CIRCUITBREAKER

FLEX CIRCUITFLEX CIRCUITFLEX CIRCUITFLEX CIRCUIT

N.C.

(REAR VIEW )

1

31

53

2

11

77A

GND

31

75A

77B

2B

4B

76B

A

B

C

J

K

L

D

E

M

I

H

G

F

N

J21

3

1

J20

1

2

3

6

5

4

2

608

I

605

616

610

X10

X30

66B 65B

J90

901B

903B

R1S1

2

16

12

CONNECTOR CAVITY NUMBERING SEQUENCE

(VIEWED FROM COMPONENT SIDE OF BOARD)

J43, J331

1

7

J8,

J20,J21

4

8

1

5

J9, J42, P53

3

6

1

4

J2,J5,J11,

J22, J41,

J311, P55

21

43

J31,J33,

J34,J37

6

5

10

1

J1,J6,J7, P52

8

16

1

9

CB2

SNUBBER

X10

X2X4

X20X40

X30

75B

54

1

28V

432

438

431

432

438

431CB2

532

32P55

2

1 551

552

4

3

21B

2

76

76A 77A

2A

75A

1

2 2

10101001

6

BASECASE FRONT

PROTECTIVE BONDING CIRCUIT

MODE PANEL

TP6

GND

42

75B

77B

2B

4B

21B

76B

A

B

C

J

K

L

D

E

M

I

H

G

F

N

41

24

CB1

541

4141B

41B

24/42V WIRE FEEDERREMOTE

J11

715

716

7

8

6

5

1020

1010

1001

1002

FA

N

4

1 2

3

FAN

J22

CO

M2

115

V

FA

N

6A 2A

CO

M2

1001,1002,

1010,1020

21,21B,2A,4A,

75A,76A,77A

SNB

6

7

8 4

609

602

503

xxxxxxx

506

505506

J10A,

J10B

COM2A

G-2

NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual. The wiring diagram specific to your code is pasted inside one of the enclosure panels of your machine.Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC


V350-PRO

SCHEMATIC - COMPLETE MACHINE

SPI

POWER

SUPPLY

J31-1

0

J3

1-9

J31-8

J31-1

J31-2

J31-7

J31-6

J31-5

J31-4

J31-3

J31-9

J31-8

J31-1

J31-2

J31-7

J31-6

J31-5

J31-4

J31-3

GREENL3

G

GND

POWER

BOARD

(+)15 VOLT SPI

GROUND SPI

MOSI

SCK

(+)5 VOLT SPI

MISO

CS3

CS2

CS1

/SS

FAN

FAN

115B

COM2

A

H1

C

B

ABLACK

RED

WHITE

SNB

B1

X10

X40

X30

X20

66

65

66B

65B

41A

54

431

438

406

405

403

402

401

PULSE TRANSFORMER GATE DRIVE

PRIMARY CURRENT SENSE #2 (+)

VOLTAGE / FREQUENCY CONVERTER #2 (-)

VOLTAGE / FREQUENCY CONVERTER #2 (+)

PRIMARY CURRENT SENSE #2 (-)

J6-15

801

802

804

806




609

602

616

608

1001

1002

505

502

505

506

503506

xxxxxxx

power down signal J42-4

J4-1

J4-2

J4-3

GND SPI (b)

+15V SPI (b)

+5V SPI (b)

J10A-2

J10A-1

J6-8

J6-16

J6-2

609

602

616

608

1001

1002


+15V

MAIN RELAY CONTROL

J6-9

I OUT

-15V

GND

+15V

J90-4

J90-3

J90-2

J90-1

M

AIN

TR

AN

SF

OR

ME

R

J21-2

hig

h =

so

ftsta

rt o

ff

SO

FT

ST

AR

T

J20-3

J20-7

(+)(-) PU

LS

E

TR

AN

SF

OR

ME

R

J20-5

J20-1F

AN

PO

WE

R

FA

N C

ON

TR

OL

J20-6

J20-2

CR1

J20-8

J20-4

J21-3

J21-7

J21-6

FAN

J22-3

J22-2

J22-1

J22-4

J43-9

J43-4

J43-12

J43-6

GND (d)

+20 (d)

+

GAS SOLENOID(option)

553

554

552

551

P55-4

P55-3

P55-2

P55-1SUPPLY

POWER

CHOPPER

438

432

431

GND (c)

+20 (c)

J43-1

J43-7

J43-2

J43-8

21BS1

R1

903B

901B901A

903A

21

2A

532

32

6A

41

541

CB1

6 Pin Ampehnol

(front of machine)

RS232

supply

+5 RS232 (e)

GND (e)

+5 SPI (b)

+15 SPI (b)

SPI GND (b)

SUPPLY

POWER

CONTROL

MACHINE

J43-1

GND (a)

-15 (a)

+5 (a)

+15 (a)

J42-2

J42-5

J42-3

J42-1

J45-1

J45-2

REMOTE BOARD

GR

OU

ND

SP

I

MO

SI

SC

K

NO

CO

NN

EC

TIO

N

MIS

O

CS

3

CS

2

CS

1

SNUBBERBOARD

REACTOR

REACTOR

INPUTLINES

GR

OU

ND

SP

I

MO

SI

SC

K

NO

CO

NN

EC

TIO

N

(+)5

VO

LT

SP

I

MIS

O

CS

3

CS

2

CS

1

/SS

+ 5

VO

LT

SP

I

CV - FLUX CORE

TIG GTAW

CC - STICK 7018

MODE SELECT PANEL

LO

CA

L C

ON

TR

OL

LO

CA

L C

ON

TR

OL

DISPLAY PANEL

J311-2

276

J311-3

NO

CO

NN

EC

TIO

N

J311-4

277

J31

1-1

LO

CA

L C

ON

TR

OL

275

J31-1

0

GR

OU

ND

SP

I

J31-9

MO

SI

J31-8

SC

K

J31-1

NO

CO

NN

EC

TIO

N

J31-2

(+)5

VO

LT

SP

I

J31-7

MIS

O

J31-6

CS

3J31-5

CS

2

J31-4

CS

1

STATUS PANEL

J31-3

/SS

J7-15 + 15 (a)

S

X3

X2

X1

X4

S

BK

-IN

FR

-IN

S

2

3S

B-I

N

S

A- O

UT

6

7

SA

-IN

SB

- OU

T

100 AMP

CIRCUIT BREAKER

/

INPUT SWITCH

TP3TP2

TP1

AC3

AC1L3

V

WL1

L2 AC2

POS

NEGU

J21-1

J21-5

J21-8

J21-4

Shown connected for

200 - 240 Volt Input Voltage

RECONNECT SWITCH

CR1MAIN

INPUT

RELAY

V/F CONVERTER # 1

V/F CONVERTER # 2

SWITCH BOARD

+

-

202

208

+

-

+

J4-5

J4-6

J4-11

J4-10

J4-8

J4-12

J5-2

J5-3

J4-7

J7-16

J6-5

J6-11

J6-7

J6-12

J10B-2

J10B-1

J6-10

J3-10

J3-9

J3-8

J3-7

J3-6

J3-5

J3-4

J3-3

J3-2

J3-1

J9-3

J9-1

J8-6

J8-4

J8-2

-

203

207

201

204

xxxxxxx

206

209

205

MAIN CHOKE

THERMOSTAT

CC - STICK 6010

CV - WIRE

ARC

CONTROL

VOLTS

ON

WELD

TERMINALS

ON / OFF

TH

ER

MA

L

POWERDOWN SIGNAL (HIGH=RUN)

801

802

804

806

901

903

610

1010

503

502

GND (a)

GND (e)

TRANSDUCER

CURRENT

FAN CONTROL

GND (a)


SOFT START CONTROL

CONTROL BOARD COMMON

THERMOSTAT

THERMOSTAT

407

412

716

605

715

611

607

615

612

1020

(+) STUD VOLTAGE SENSE

(-) STUD VOLTAGE SENSE

+5V RS232 (e)

+5V (a)

411

410

408

ONLY. ALL COMPONENTS ARE NOT SHOWN.

N.A. PC BOARD COMPONENTS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE

NOTES :

-15V

+15V

CURRENT FEEDBACK ( 4V=500A )

TP3

C2/TP2

C1/TP1

J8-1

160J

320V

600V

.05uF

80J

150V

160J

320V

600V

.05uF

CONTROL BOARD

+15V (a)

-15V (a)

POSITIVE

-NEGATIVE

+

C

D

E

B

FA

CO

M2

11

5B

J52-5

42

J56-1

J52-7

24

CO

M2A

31

CO

M1

J56-6

41

AC

OM

1A

J52-1

6541

J52-1

1

115A

J52-1

532

(440-4

60

)H

5

(550-5

75

)H

6

24

V

28V

42

V

(380-4

15

)

(220-2

30

)

(200-2

08

)

H4

H3

H2

H1

2A

TRANSFORMER

AUXILIARY

AMPHENOLS VIEWED FROM FRONT (OUTSIDE OF MACHINE)

77

76

75

2

4

42

AMPS

HOT

START

REMOTE

LOCAL

REMOTELOCAL /

REMOTE

CONTROL

MODE SELECT

4200 uF

4200 uF

+40 VDC

250

Ohm

s

115 VAC

FLEX

CIRCUIT

406

405

403

402

401

407

412

411

410

408

FLEX

CIRCUIT

FLEX

CIRCUITFLEX

CIRCUIT

J31-1

0

/SS

LOCAL CONTROL

J31-9

J31-8

J31-1

J31-2

J31-7

J31-6

J31-5

J31-4

J31-3

GR

OU

ND

SP

I

MO

SI

SC

K

NO

CO

NN

EC

TIO

N

MIS

O

CS

3

CS

1

+ 5

VO

LT

SP

I

J31-1

0

/SSJ331-1

2

J33

1-1

1

J33

1-1

0

J3

31-9

J331-8

J331-1

J331-2

J331-7

J33

1-6

J331-5

J331-4

J33

1-3

graphical representation

SO

LE

NO

ID C

OIL

(+

)

SO

LE

NO

ID S

UP

PLY

(+

)

NO

CO

NN

EC

TIO

N

6 P

IN'S

"4

" L

EA

D

"77

" LE

AD

14

PIN

'S "

76

" LE

AD

SO

LE

NO

ID S

UP

PLY

(-)

"2

" LE

AD

14

PIN

'S "

4" L

EA

D

SO

LE

NO

ID C

OIL

(-)

"75

" L

EA

D

6 P

IN'S

"76

" L

EA

D

+10 Volts

of potentiometer connection

610

1010

716

605

715

611607 615

612

1020

OUTPUT

DIODES

+

-4200 uF

4200 uF

54

(+) (-)

24 / 42 Volt Amphenol

(top amphenol on

back of machine)

115 Volt Amphenol

(bottom amphenol

on back of machine)

CD

E

BL

MF

KN

G

JI

H

A

2A

21

4A

CD

E

BL

MF

KN

G

JI

H

A

41

76B77B2B

4B

75B24

21B

41B

41B

31

32

75B

77A

2B

75A

76A

4B

CS

2


6

12



J43, J331

1

7

J8,J20, J21

4

8

1

5

J9,J42,P53

3

6

1

4

J2,J5,J11,

J22,J41,

J311,P55

21

43

J31,J33,

J34,J37

6

5

10

1

J1,J6,J7, P52

8

16

1

9

J10A,

J10B

2

1

Dashed lines represent

copper bus connections.

SPI

POWER

SUPPLY

J31-1

0

J3

1-9

J31-8

J31-1

J31-2

J31-7

J31-6

J31-5

J31-4

J31-3

J31-9

J31-8

J31-1

J31-2

J31-7

J31-6

J31-5

J31-4

J31-3

GREENL3

G

GND

POWER

BOARD

(+)15 VOLT SPI

GROUND SPI

MOSI

SCK

(+)5 VOLT SPI

MISO

CS3

CS2

CS1

/SS

FAN

FAN

115B

COM2

A

H1

C

B

ABLACK

RED

WHITE

SNB

B1

X10

X40

X30

X20

66

65

66B

65B

41A

54

431

438

406

405

403

402

401






J6-15

801

802

804

806




609

602

616

608

1001

1002

505

502

505

506

503506

xxxxxxx

power down signal J42-4

J4-1

J4-2

J4-3

GND SPI (b)

+15V SPI (b)

+5V SPI (b)

J10A-2

J10A-1

J6-8

J6-16

J6-2

609

602

616

608

1001

1002


+15V

MAIN RELAY CONTROL

J6-9

I OUT

-15V

GND

+15V

J90-4

J90-3

J90-2

J90-1

M

AIN

TR

AN

SF

OR

ME

R

J21-2

hig

h =

so

ftsta

rt o

ff

SO

FT

ST

AR

T

J20-3

J20-7

(+)(-) PU

LS

E

TR

AN

SF

OR

ME

R

J20-5

J20-1F

AN

PO

WE

R

FA

N C

ON

TR

OL

J20-6

J20-2

CR1

J20-8

J20-4

J21-3

J21-7

J21-6

FAN

J22-3

J22-2

J22-1

J22-4

J43-9

J43-4

J43-12

J43-6

GND (d)

+20 (d)

+

GAS SOLENOID(option)

553

554

552

551

P55-4

P55-3

P55-2

P55-1SUPPLY

POWER

CHOPPER

438

432

431

GND (c)

+20 (c)

J43-1

J43-7

J43-2

J43-8

21BS1

R1

903B

901B901A

903A

21

2A

532

32

6A

41

541

CB1

6 Pin Ampehnol

(front of machine)

RS232

supply

+5 RS232 (e)

GND (e)

+5 SPI (b)

+15 SPI (b)

SPI GND (b)

SUPPLY

POWER

CONTROL

MACHINE

J43-1

GND (a)

-15 (a)

+5 (a)

+15 (a)

J42-2

J42-5

J42-3

J42-1

J45-1

J45-2

REMOTE BOARD

GR

OU

ND

SP

I

MO

SI

SC

K

NO

CO

NN

EC

TIO

N

MIS

O

CS

3

CS

2

CS

1

SNUBBERBOARD

REACTOR

REACTOR

INPUTLINES

GR

OU

ND

SP

I

MO

SI

SC

K

NO

CO

NN

EC

TIO

N

(+)5

VO

LT

SP

I

MIS

O

CS

3

CS

2

CS

1

/SS

+ 5

VO

LT

SP

I

CV - FLUX CORE

TIG GTAW

CC - STICK 7018

MODE SELECT PANEL

LO

CA

L C

ON

TR

OL

LO

CA

L C

ON

TR

OL

DISPLAY PANEL

J311-2

276

J311-3

NO

CO

NN

EC

TIO

N

J311-4

277

J31

1-1

LO

CA

L C

ON

TR

OL

275

J31-1

0

GR

OU

ND

SP

I

J31-9

MO

SI

J31-8

SC

K

J31-1

NO

CO

NN

EC

TIO

N

J31-2

(+)5

VO

LT

SP

I

J31-7

MIS

O

J31-6

CS

3J31-5

CS

2

J31-4

CS

1

STATUS PANEL

J31-3

/SS

J7-15 + 15 (a)

S

X3

X2

X1

X4

S

BK

-IN

FR

-IN

S

2

3S

B-I

N

S

A- O

UT

6

7

SA

-IN

SB

- OU

T

100 AMP

CIRCUIT BREAKER

/

INPUT SWITCH

TP3TP2

TP1

AC3

AC1L3

V

WL1

L2 AC2

POS

NEGU

J21-1

J21-5

J21-8

J21-4

Shown connected for

200 - 240 Volt Input Voltage

RECONNECT SWITCH

CR1MAIN

INPUT

RELAY

V/F CONVERTER # 1

V/F CONVERTER # 2

SWITCH BOARD

+

-

202

208

+

-

+

J4-5

J4-6

J4-11

J4-10

J4-8

J4-12

J5-2

J5-3

J4-7

J7-16

J6-5

J6-11

J6-7

J6-12

J10B-2

J10B-1

J6-10

J3-10

J3-9

J3-8

J3-7

J3-6

J3-5

J3-4

J3-3

J3-2

J3-1

J9-3

J9-1

J8-6

J8-4

J8-2

-

203

207

201

204

xxxxxxx

206

209

205

MAIN CHOKE

THERMOSTAT

CC - STICK 6010

CV - WIRE

ARC

CONTROL

VOLTS

ON

WELD

TERMINALS

ON / OFF

TH

ER

MA

L

POWERDOWN SIGNAL (HIGH=RUN)

801

802

804

806

901

903

610

1010

503

502

GND (a)

GND (e)

TRANSDUCER

CURRENT

FAN CONTROL

GND (a)


SOFT START CONTROL

CONTROL BOARD COMMON

THERMOSTAT

THERMOSTAT

407

412

716

605

715

611

607

615

612

1020

(+) STUD VOLTAGE SENSE

(-) STUD VOLTAGE SENSE

+5V RS232 (e)

+5V (a)

411

410

408

ONLY. ALL COMPONENTS ARE NOT SHOWN.

N.A. PC BOARD COMPONENTS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE

NOTES :

-15V

+15V

CURRENT FEEDBACK ( 4V=500A )

TP3

C2/TP2

C1/TP1

J8-1

160J

320V

600V

.05uF

80J

150V

160J

320V

600V

.05uF

CONTROL BOARD

+15V (a)

-15V (a)

POSITIVE

-NEGATIVE

+

C

D

E

B

FA

CO

M2

11

5B

J52-5

42

J56-1

J52-7

24

CO

M2A

31

CO

M1

J56-6

41

AC

OM

1A

J52-1

6541

J52-1

1

115A

J52-1

532

(440-4

60

)H

5

(550-5

75

)H

6

24

V

28V

42

V

(380-4

15

)

(220-2

30

)

(200-2

08

)

H4

H3

H2

H1

2A

TRANSFORMER

AUXILIARY

AMPHENOLS VIEWED FROM FRONT (OUTSIDE OF MACHINE)

77

76

75

2

4

42

AMPS

HOT

START

REMOTE

LOCAL

REMOTELOCAL /

REMOTE

CONTROL

MODE SELECT

4200 uF

4200 uF

+40 VDC

250

Ohm

s

115 VAC

FLEX

CIRCUIT

406

405

403

402

401

407

412

411

410

408

FLEX

CIRCUIT

FLEX

CIRCUITFLEX

CIRCUIT

J31-1

0

/SS

LOCAL CONTROL

J31-9

J31-8

J31-1

J31-2

J31-7

J31-6

J31-5

J31-4

J31-3

GR

OU

ND

SP

I

MO

SI

SC

K

NO

CO

NN

EC

TIO

N

MIS

O

CS

3

CS

1

+ 5

VO

LT

SP

I

J31-1

0

/SSJ331-1

2

J33

1-1

1

J33

1-1

0

J3

31-9

J331-8

J331-1

J331-2

J331-7

J33

1-6

J331-5

J331-4

J33

1-3

graphical representation

SO

LE

NO

ID C

OIL

(+

)

SO

LE

NO

ID S

UP

PLY

(+

)

NO

CO

NN

EC

TIO

N

6 P

IN'S

"4

" L

EA

D

"77

" LE

AD

14

PIN

'S "

76

" LE

AD

SO

LE

NO

ID S

UP

PLY

(-)

"2

" LE

AD

14

PIN

'S "

4" L

EA

D

SO

LE

NO

ID C

OIL

(-)

"75

" L

EA

D

6 P

IN'S

"76

" L

EA

D

+10 Volts

of potentiometer connection

610

1010

716

605

715

611607 615

612

1020

OUTPUT

DIODES

+

-4200 uF

4200 uF

54

(+) (-)

24 / 42 Volt Amphenol

(top amphenol on

back of machine)

115 Volt Amphenol

(bottom amphenol

on back of machine)

CD

E

BL

MF

KN

G

JI

H

A

2A

21

4A

CD

E

BL

MF

KN

G

JI

H

A

41

76B77B2B

4B

75B24

21B

41B

41B

31

32

75B

77A

2B

75A

76A

4B

CS

2


6

12



J43, J331

1

7

J8,J20, J21

4

8

1

5

J9,J42,P53

3

6

1

4

J2,J5,J11,

J22,J41,

J311,P55

21

43

J31,J33,

J34,J37

6

5

10

1

J1,J6,J7, P52

8

16

1

9

J10A,

J10B

2

1

Dashed lines represent

copper bus connections.

6-2-2000A

G-3

NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual.

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC


V350-PRO

SCHEMATIC - CONTROL PC BOARD #1

SO

LID

ED

GE

EN-1

70

MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE

SCALE:DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING

ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS ±� .002

THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A.

DESIGN INFORMATION

t

DRAWN BY:

WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS.DATE:

ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS ±�.02

MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" ") TO AGREEON ALL ANGLES IS ±� .5 OF A DEGREE SUBJECT:

ENGINEER:

EQUIPMENT TYPE:

DRAWING No.:T. KOOKEN

F.V.INVERTER WELDERS

DIGITAL CONTROL SCHEMATICGNONE 12-15-99

REFERENCE:

SUPERSEDING:

APPROVED:

Chg. Sheet No."X" INFO.

XM5626

XA

6-2-2000A

ADDR17

ADDR17

ADDR17

CAPB_OV

CAPB_OV

FAULT_INT

FAULT_INT

MN_CNT

MN_CNT

VPP_CTRL

PWRDN_INT

PWRDN_INT

PWRDN_INT

SOFTST

SOFTST

CAPB_UV

CAPB_UV

CRYSTAL

CRYSTAL

CAPBOV

CAPBUV

CAPA_UV

CAPA_UV

CAPAOV

CAPAUV

CAPA_OV

CAPA_OV

/IPIPE

THERMOSTAT

/IFETCH

MN_OUT

SSOUT

FREEZE

FREEZE

/CS2

/CS2

/CS2

ADDR19

ADDR19

ADDR18

ADDR18

ADDR16

ADDR16

ADDR16

/BKPT

/BKPT

TSC

ADDR13

ADDR13

ADDR13

LEVEL_INLEVEL_IN

/BERR

/BERR

/CSB

/CSB

ADDR14

ADDR14

ADDR14

ADDR15

ADDR15

ADDR15

+15V

SRAM128KX16

VCC1VCC2

GND1GND2

CE'WE'OE'LB'UB'

D0D1D2D3D4D5D6D7D8D9

D10D11D12D13D14D15

A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9A10A11A12A13A14A15A16

22

33

11

40

39

4117

6

34

12

3837

36

35

32

3130

29

16

15

1413

10

9

8

7

1

2

3

45

18

19

20

2124

25

26

27

4243

44X27

IS61C12816

INPUTNC

GND2GND1

OUTPUT2OUTPUT1

VS2VS1

2

3

5

4

76

8

1X2

MIC4451BM

INPUTNC

GND2GND1

OUTPUT2OUTPUT1

VS2VS1

2

3

5

4

76

8

1X3

MIC4451BM

1

3

2

D83BAT54S

1

3

2

D82BAT54S

1

3

2

D80BAT54S

1

3

2

D81BAT54S

D Q 121119 X21D Q 131118 X21D Q 141117 X21D Q 151116 X21D Q 161115 X21D Q 171114 X21D Q 181113 X21

PTCMF-R050

+5V

+5V+15V

+5V

+5V

+5V

+15V

+15V

+15V

+15V+5V

+15V

+15V

+5V

+5V

+5V

+5V

+5V

+5V

+5V

+5V

+5V

+5V

+5V

+5V

+5V

1 3 2

D19BAV99

1

3

2D78

BAV99

1

3

2D79BAV99

C110

20V22uF

C13

50V120uF

C46

35V1uF

C2

35V1uF

C107

35V1uF

C119

20V22uF

C104

1uF35V

C94

35V1uF

C12

35V4.7uF

5 6X10

74AC14

13 12X30

74AC14

1 2X30

74AC14

3 4X30

74AC14

11 10X30

74AC14

11 10X10

74AC14

9 8X10

74AC14

1

2

3

Q20MMBT4401

1

2

3

Q1MMBT4401

1

2

3

Q6

MMBT4401

1

2

3

Q5

MMBT4401

1

2

3

Q7

MMBT4401

1

2

3

Q4

MMBT4401

1

2

3

Q19

MM

BT

4401

7J4

MIC

RO

_C

ON

TR

OLL

ER

D8D7D6D5D4D3D2D1D0

A18

FC1

A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9

A10A11A12A13A14A15A16A17

D15D14D13D12D11D10D9

CS0'CS1'CS2'

RESET'

BERR'

HALT'

FC2

FC0

////////

A0

A23A22A21A20A19/////

CS6'CS7'CS8'CS9'

CS10'///

CS3'CS4'CS5'

PC0/PC1/PC2/

PC3/PC4/PC5/PC6/

CSBOOT'///

BR'BG'

BGACK'

DSIDSO

R/W

//

IPIPE'IFETCH'

CLKOUTXFC

TSC

FREEZEBKPT'/DSCLK

PF7PF6PF5PF4PF3PF2PF1PF0 MODCLK

IRQ1'IRQ2'IRQ3'IRQ4'IRQ5'IRQ6'IRQ7'

TPUCH15TPUCH14TPUCH13TPUCH12TPUCH11TPUCH10TPUCH9TPUCH8TPUCH7TPUCH6TPUCH5TPUCH4TPUCH3TPUCH2TPUCH1TPUCH0T2CLK

RXDPQS7PQS6PQS5PQS4PQS3PQS2PQS1PQS0/MISO

/MOSI/SCK/PCS0/ SS'/PCS1/PCS2/PCS3/TXD

SIZ1SIZ0DS'AS'RMC'AVEC'DSACK1'DSACK0'/PE0

/PE1/PE2

/PE3/PE4/PE5

/PE6/PE7

XTALEXTAL83

85

104105110106111112113114

767571706968676665

1415161721222324272829303132333413

9596979899

100101102

7981

80

8790

7877

103

140

109876

115

116117118119122124125127130131132133136137138139

646360585756525150494645444342414039

143142141

543

94

9392

X24

MC68332PV

+5V

RES'VSS

VDD 1

3

2 X23

S80746AN4.6V/2%

9J7

2 J7

5 J7

8 J7

13 J7

16 J7

10J7

6 J7

7 J7

1 J7

15 J7

14 J7

13J6

14 J615 J6

16J6

9 J6

10J6

11J6

12 J6

15J1

12 J1

5J16J1

8 J1

7J1

4 J1

9 J1

14J113J1

5J6

6 J67 J6

8J6

4J6

3J6

2 J6

1J6

3 J1

11 J110 J1

VDDEVDDSYN

VSSEG1

G2

G3

G4

G5

G6

G7

G8

G9

G10

G11

G12

G13

G14

VSTDBY

V10V

9V

8V

7V

6V

5V

4V

3V

2V

1

V11

V12

144

135

121

109

8986726147371911

38

212 20 35 48 54 62 74 82 91 107

120

128

134

262584

X24

MC68332

512K

x16

FLA

SH

A15A14A13A12A11A10A9A8A7A6A5A4A3A2A1A0

D15D14D13D12D11D10

D9D8D7D6D5D4D3D2D1D0

OE'WE'CE'

GND2GND1

BYTE'

RP'WP'

A18A17A16

VCCVPP 37

13

161748

47

1214

281126

274645434139363432304442403835333129

12345678

1819202122232425

X25

TE28F800B5-B90

3

2 1

D90BAV70LT1

3

2 1

D91BAV70LT1

3

2 1

D89BAV70LT1

3

21

D86BAV70LT1

3

21

D85BAV70LT1

3

21

D84BAV70LT1

CPLD

IO9BIO10BIO11BIO12BIO13BIO14BIO15BIO16BIO17BG

ND

1G

ND

2G

ND

3

IO1AIO2AIO4AIO6AIO8AIO9AIO10AIO11AIO12AIO13AIO14AIO15AIO16AIO17A

IO1BIO2BIO4BIO7BIO8B

GCK1GCK2GCK3GTS1GTS2GSR

TCKTMSTDI

TDO

VC

C2

VC

C1

VC

CIO

25174

19

20

21

2223

27

28

29

3031

32

37

3839

18

16

14

1312

8

7

6

532

42

4140

33

34

36

144

43

26 15 35

24

9

10

11

X17X

C95

36-1

5-V

Q44

I

LED7RED

3

1

2

Q10IRLR120N

10A,100V

3

1

2

Q9IRLR120N

10A,100V

(4)

(4)

(4)

(4)(4)

(4)(2)

(2)(4)

(4)

(4)

(4)

(4)

(4)

(4)

(3)

(3)

(4)

(2)(1)

(4)(4)

(4)

(4)

(4)

(4)(4)

(3)

(3)

(3)

(4)(4)(4)

(4)(4)

(4)

(4)

(1,4)

(2)

(2,3,4)

(4)

(3)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(3)

(3)

(4)

(4)

(2,4)

(3,4)(3,4)

(4)

(2)

2J5

3J5

4J51J5

D114

MM

BR

130LT3

D115

MM

BR

130LT3

D76

MM

BR

130LT3

D77

MM

BR

130LT3

D8

1/2W5.1V

MMSZ5231

D7

1/2W5.1V

MMSZ5231

D5

1/2W5.1V

MMSZ5231

D2

1/2W5.1V

MMSZ5231

D24

1.5W18V

1SMB5931

D29

1.5W18V

1SMB5931

D6

1/2W5.1V

MMSZ5231

D31

1.5W18V

1SMB5931

D9

1/2W5.1V

MMSZ5231

D30

1.5W18V

1SMB5931

D17

1/2W5.1V

MMSZ5231

D32

1.5W18V

1SMB5931

D15

1.5W16V

1SMB5930

D44

1/2W5.1V

MMSZ5231

D18

1.5W16V

1SMB5930

D25

1/2W5.1V

MMSZ5231

C135

1uF

C1410.1uF

C122

0.1uF

C123

0.1uF

C6

820pF

C72

820pF

C694700pF

C5

820pF

C70

820pF

C71

820pF

C3

820pF

C74

820pF

C15

100pF

C18

100pF

C4

820pF

C43

820pF

C67

0.1uF

C25

100pF

C44

4700pF

C22

100pF

C99

0.1uF

C108

0.1uF

C27

100pF

C68

0.1uF

C73

0.1uF

C105

0.1uF C95

0.1uF

C106

0.1uF

C120

0.1uF

C109

0.1uF

C93

0.1uF

C90

0.1u

F

C113

0.1uF

C111

0.1uF

C11

0.1uF

C14

0.1uF

C136

1uF

C142

0.1uF

QDOE'LE

192

111

X21

74AC573

C143

330pF

D3

S1G

D4

S1G

1

2

3

Q15MMBT4403

R26110.0K

R26010.0K

R25910.0K

R2561K

R2551K

R25410.0K

R25810.0K

R25710.0K

R203

22.1K

R24210.0K

R36475

R40 475

R84

475

R85

475

R19

910

.0K

R20

010

.0K

R168

1.00k

R169

1.00K

R1361.00k

R135

1.00K

R3522.1K

R3822.1K

R100475K

R99

10.0K

R33

10.0K

R2

47.5

R3

47.5

R34

1.00K

R16475

R18475

R10475

R19475

R17475

R9

475

R42

4.75K

R14

475R43

4.75K

R3722.1K

R3922.1K

R81

475

R88

475

R8710.0K

R183750

R20

475

R90

1.00K

R822.1K

R322.21K

R47

4.75K

R15

475R46

4.75K

R18510.0K

R21

475

R51

4.75K

R174

10.0K

R11

475

R41

475

R18726.7K

R1793.32K

R18

010

.0K

R186

10.0K

R189

10.0k

R17210.0K

R17010.0K

R16

410

.0K

R18

110

.0K

R171

1.00K

NOISE_GND

NOISE_GND

D

D

D

D

D

D

DD

NOISE_GND D

NOISE_GND

D

NOISE_GND

D

NOISE_GND

NOISE_GND

NOISE_GND

D

D

DNOISE_GND

D

NOISE_GND

NOISE_GND

D

NOISE_GND

NOISE_GND

NOISE_GND

DDD

D

NOISE_GNDD

D

NOISE_GND

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

DATA[0:15]

DATA[0:15]

AD

DR

[1:1

9]

ADDR[1:19]

BANK1

FAULTSIGNAL

0V = NORMAR

0V = NORMAR

5V = FAULT

5V = FAULT

SINGLE/THREE PHASE DETECT THERMOSTAT

FILTER CAPACITOR VOLTAGE MONITORING

ADDR8

ADDR8

ADDR8

DATA5 DATA5

DATA5

RMCRMC

DATA15 DATA15

DATA15

DATA9 DATA9

DATA9

DATA4 DATA4

DATA4

DATA12 DATA12

DATA12

DATA8 DATA8

DATA8

DATA8

DATA7 DATA7

DATA7

DATA7

DATA11 DATA11

DATA11

DATA11

DATA10 DATA10

DATA10

ADDR9

ADDR9

ADDR9

ADDR10

ADDR10

ADDR10

ADDR11

ADDR11

ADDR11

ADDR12

ADDR12

ADDR12

DATA1 DATA1

DATA1

DATA1

DATA3 DATA3

DATA3

DATA3

DATA2 DATA2

DATA2

DATA2

DATA14 DATA14

DATA14

ADDR6

ADDR6

ADDR6

ADDR7

ADDR7

ADDR7

DATA13 DATA13

DATA13

DATA6 DATA6

DATA6

DATA6

ADDR3

ADDR3

ADDR3

ADDR4

ADDR4

ADDR4

FPGA_BADFPGA_BAD

IACK

INT_1_3PH

/AS /AS

ADDR5

ADDR5

ADDR5

TPU2

MOSI

TPU3

SCK

SPI_CS2

/CS0

/CS0

/CS0

FPGA_CS

SPI_CS0

CLK

CLK

STT_ON

SPI_CS3

R/W R/W

R/W

R/W

R/W

TPU5TPU6

ADDR2

ADDR2

ADDR2

/DS

/DS /DS

DATA0 DATA0

DATA0

DATA0

MISO

ADDR1

ADDR1

ADDR1

OUTPUT_ON

OUTPUT_ON

OUTPUT_ON

TPU0

SPI_CS1

CLK_8

TPU1

SCK7

MISO7

SPI_LATCH7

FAN_CONTROL

FPGA_INT FPGA_INT

THERMAL_LED

MISC1

MISC0

TPU4

INT_100

/CS1

/CS1

/CS1

FPGA_DONEFPGA_DONE

FET_B

DSP_RESET

CAP1

FPGA_RESET FPGA_RESET

CAP0

FET_A

FUNCEN

CMP0CMP2

CMP4

DISABLE_455

VPP

PRI_OC

OVR_CUR RESET_RAMP

CLR_CAP

SYS_RESETSYS_RESET

STROBE_AD

/RES

/RES

/RES

/RES

/RES

/RES

/RES

/RES

/RES

/RES

/RES

CAN_CS

INT_CAN INT_CAN

RS232_RXDRS232_TXD

3789-1D0/1

G-4


Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC


V350-PRO


DATA[0:15]

ISOLATION BARRRIER

ADDR[1:18]

CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUITRY

CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUITRY

FULL DUPLEX RS232 COMMUNICATION LINK

CONTROL BOARD

VOLTAGE SUPPLIES

STATUS LEDCIRCUITRY

GROUNDTIE POINT

X1074AC14

X3074AC14

ADDR8

DATA15

DATA9

DATA12

DATA8

DATA11DATA10

DATA14

ADDR6ADDR7

DATA13

ADDR3ADDR4ADDR5

R/WADDR2ADDR1

CLK_8

SYS_RESET

GCAN

GCAN

GCAN

GCAN

GCAN

GCAN

GCAN

D D

D

D

D

D

GRS232

GRS232

GRS232

D

D

NOISE_GND

NOISE_GND

GRS232

A

NOISE_GND

GRS232

NOISE_GND

GSPI

D

GSPI

DGRS232

GRS232

GCAN

A

NOISE_GND AD GSPI

D

R195475

R1781.00K

R1771.00KR193

1.00K

R1904.75K

R194475

R19110.0K

R132

2001W

R133

2001W

R1924.75K

R1671.00K

R166475

R165475

R132.21K

R122.21K

R12.21K

R312.21K

R891.00K

R821.00K

R1342.21K

R1631.00K

R1311.00K

R52

100

R196150

R198150

R197221

R30

100

R20410.0K

12

3

Q17MMBT4403

1

2

3

Q16MMBT4403

1

2

3

Q13MMBT4403

12

3

Q14MMBT4403

GND

BA

VCC

RE*

DIOE

RO

5

76

8

2

43

1X29

TRANSCEIVERMAX485

D63 S1G

D72S1G

D71S1G

D73S1G

D74S1G

C1340.1uF

C1330.1uF

C103

0.1uF

C121

0.1uF

C101

0.1uF

C118

22pF

C116

22pF

C117

0.1uF

C64

150pF

C89

150pF

C115

0.1uF

C880.1uF

C91

0.1uF

C92

0.1uF

C420.1uF

C1370.1uF

D62

1.5W6.2V

1SMB5920

D61

1.5W6.2V

1SMB5920

D60

1.5W6.2V

1SMB5920

D53

1/2W18V

MMSZ5248BT1

D521/2W18V

MMSZ5248BT1

D581/2W18V

MMSZ5248BT1

D59

1/2W18V

MMSZ5248BT1

D27

1.5W18V

1SMB5931

D26

1.5W18V

1SMB5931

D14

1.5W18V

1SMB5931

D13

1.5W6.2V

1SMB5920

D12

1.5W6.2V

1SMB5920

D16

1.5W18V

1SMB5931

D43

1.5W16V

1SMB5930

D1

1.5W6.2V

1SMB5920

D461.5W6.2V

1SMB5920

D101.5W

15V

1SMB5929 D11

1.5W15V

1SMB5929

5

6 7 8

3

2

OCI4HCPL-0601

5

678

3

2

OCI3HCPL-0601

5

678

3

2

OCI2HCPL-0601

5

678

3

2

OCI1HCPL-0601

XTAL2XTAL1

VSS2

AD7AD6/SCLKAD5AD4/MOSIAD3AD2AD1AD0INT*/P2.6WRH*/P2.7CS*RESET*DSACK0*INT*MODE1MODE0RD*/EALE/ASVCC

VSS1P1.7/AD15P1.6/AD14P1.5/AD13P1.4/AD12P1.3/AD11P1.2/AD10P1.1/AD9P1.0/AD8

R/W*RDY/MISO

CLKOUTP2.0P2.1P2.2P2.3P2.4P2.5TX0RX0RX1TX1

CAN

2331323334353637387282717161514131226222125

1918

20

3940414243234

11108

299

243044651 X28

AN82527Y116.00Mhz

4 J11

2 J11

3 J11

2 J2

1 J2

3J24 J2

1 J11

D11 10X16

MC145407

D15 6X16

MC145407

D13 8X16

MC145407

C1+ C1-VDD

VCCC2-C2+

VSS

GND

20 18

17

19

31

4

2

X16

MC145407

R9 12X16

MC145407

R5 16X16

MC145407

R7 14X16

MC145407

(1,4)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

LED8GREEN

LED1GREEN

LED5GREEN

LED3GREEN

LED2GREEN

LED4GREEN

LED6GREEN

LED9GREEN

LED10RED

1TP7

2N7002

2

1

3

Q3

2N7002

2

1

3

Q2

4 J7

3 J7

1J4

2J4

3J4

5 J4

4J4

6 J4

9J4

12J4

8J4

10J4

11J4

3 4X10

74AC14

12X10

74AC14

C102

4.7uF35V

C66

10uF16V

C62

10uF16V

C65

10uF16V

C63

10uF16V

C1

35V4.7uF

C9

35V4.7uF

C10

35V4.7uF

C45

35V1000uF

C39

35V4.7uF

C40

35V4.7uF

C16

4.7uF35V

C61

4.7uF35V

+5CAN

+5CAN

+5CAN

+5CAN+5V

+5V

+5VRS232

+5V

+5VRS232

+15V

+15v

+15v

+15V

-15V

+5VRS232

+5V

+5SPI

+5V

+5V

+15SPI

+5V+5VRS232

+5CAN

-15V

-5V

+5V

+5V

+5V

+5V

2J8

3J84J8

6J87J8

8J8

7

14

PW1

7

14

PW2

OI1

5

2

X4

MC79L05ABD

BUSS_L

BUSS_H

RXA

TRAN

TXA

+10VRS232

-10VRS232

CAN_CS

INT_CAN

STATUS-

RS232_RXD

STATUS+

RS232_TXD

SO

LID

ED

GE

EN-1

70





DESIGN INFORMATION

t

DRAWN BY:




ENGINEER:

EQUIPMENT TYPE:




REFERENCE:

SUPERSEDING:

APPROVED:


XM5626

XA

6-2-2000A

3789-1D0/2

G-5


Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC


V350-PRO


AD_DATA[0:13]

SAWTOOTH GENERATOR

PRIMARY CURRENT SHUTDOWN 0.3 - 0.9A

PRIMARY CURRENT SENSE

IDEAL VOLTAGE2/6/202.6,

70V=0.9V

CURRENT TRANSDUCERSIGNAL IN

4V = 500A OUTPUT

CURRENT TRANSDUCERINPUT = (-VOLTAGE)

CURRENT NODE CONTROL, DISABLE THEFETS AS SOON AS PRIMARY CURRENT

IS GREATER THAN A REFERENCE LEVEL

Iout = -Vin*0.99mA

CURRENT FEEDBACKINTEGRATOR

IDEAL V_AD2.5V = 70 ArcVOLTS

INPUT FROM 2nd LEM

STT CURRENT FLOW

I>56A = HII<56A = LO

ON CONNECTOR3500 VOLTS

1<GAIN<11

A/D CONVERSION

CURRENT LIMIT

SECONDARY CURRENT SENSE

VOLTAGE FEEDBACK

+STUP

67

-STUP

21

AD_DATA12

AD_DATA11

AD_DATA11

AD_DATA10

AD_DATA10

AD_DATA9

AD_DATA9

AD_DATA8

AD_DATA8

AD_DATA7

AD_DATA7

AD_DATA6

AD_DATA6

AD_DATA5

AD_DATA5

I_AD

I_AD

I_AD

I_FLOW_STTAD_DATA4

AD_DATA4

MOSI

SCK

V_AD

V_AD

V_ADAD_DATA0

AD_DATA0

AD_DATA13

AD_CSPOT_CS

MSELEN

MSELEN

AD_DATA1

AD_DATA1

AD_DATA2

AD_DATA2

AD_DATA3

AD_DATA3

MSEL0

MSEL0MSEL1

MSEL1

SEL_I_ON

DA_CS

TURN_OFF_N

A

A

A

A

A D

A

A D

A

AA

D

A

A

A

A

A

DA

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A A

D

D

A

AA

A

A

A

A

D

A

A

A

A D

D

A

A

R2121M

R23047.5K

R252.21K

R113

1.50K

R27

47.5K

R2311.00K

R24

511

R28

47.5K

R23

511

R26

47.5K

R5347.5K

R2210.0K

R61

1.0

0K

R2947.5K

R55100K

R111100K

R110

47.5K

R146

4.75K

R63 33.2K

R66

2.21K

R65 33.2K

R141

475

R674.75K

R62

100

R106

100K

R59

221

R48

221

R49

100K

R108

100K

R102

221

R44

100

R207100K

R118

1.50K

R122

1.50K

R109

2.67K

R13910.0K

R1233.32K

R115

100K

R114 26.7K

R120 26.7K

R112 1.00K

R138

475

R60

1.00k

R119475

R117150K

R561.00K

R5747.5K

R14010.0K

R128

3.32K

R129

3.32K

R1276.81K

R12110.0K

R130

6.81K

R116475

R125

150K

R126

1.00K

R124

100K

R45

221

R15

110

R15

410

R15

710

R16

0

10 R14

810

R16

110

R15

810

R15

510

R15

210

R14

910

R71 1.00K

R70

121K

R74

1.5

0K

R76

1.5

0K

R80

1.5

0K

R78

1.5

0K

R73

100K1/2W_HV

R79

100K1/2W_HV

R75

100K1/2W_HV

R77

100K1/2W_HV

R7226.7K

R54 1.00K

R107

10.0K

R691.00K

R681.00K

R142

100K

R143

1.00K

R144

1.00K

R10310.0K

R58

1.00K

R209 4.75K

R210

4.75K

R2111M

R208100K

R206

1.00K

R23333.2K

R2131.00K

R24110.0K

R214

1.00K

R21610.0K

R21710.0K

R218

10.0K

1J9

3J9

2J9

4J9

5J9

6J9

D101

MURS320T3

D68S1G

D67S1G

D56

MU

RS

320T

3

D55

MU

RS

320T

3

D51

MU

RS

320T

3

D57

MU

RS

320T

3

D75S1G

D64S1G

D65S1G

D70S1G

D99

MURS320T3

D98MURS320T3

D100MURS320T3

C860.022uF

C1250.1uF

C550.1uF

C28

0.1uF

C82 0.1uF

C83 0.1uF

C7

0.022uF

C85

0.1uF

C8

0.1uF

C80

0.1uF

C50

0.1uF

C23

0.1uF

C21

0.1uF

C17

820pF

C51

0.1uF

C19

820pF

C58

0.1uF

C570.1uF

C56

0.27uF

C52

0.1uF

C340.27uF

C32

10pF

C26

150pF

C35

150

pF

C36

150

pF

C38

150

pF

C37

150

pF

C60

0.1uF

C59

0.1uF

C126330pF

C124 0.1uF

C300.1uF

C12

70.

1uF

C12822pF

C1290.1uF

C1400.1uF

DZ31N5358B DZ2

1N5333B

DZ41N5358B

DZ1

1N5333B

D35

1/2W5.1V

MMSZ5231

D361/2W5.1V

MMSZ5231

D381/2W5.1V

MMSZ5231

D37

1/2W5.1V

MMSZ5231

D421/2W

5.1V

MMSZ5231

D41

1/2W5.1V

MMSZ5231

D401/2W5.1V

MMSZ5231

D39

1/2W5.1V

MMSZ5231

D69

1/2W5.1V

MMSZ5231

2J10B

1J10B

2J10A

1J10A

(1)

(1)

(4)

(4)

(4)

(1)

(4)(1)

(4)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(4)(4)

(3)

(1)

(4)

(1)

(4)

E1

V-V+

IN2

GND

VL

S

D

6

1

8

3745

X31

ADG417D1

V-V+

IN2

GND

VL

S

D6

1

8

3745

X13

ADG417D1

OP-27+

-

4

81

7

3

26X1

1TP1

1

TP2

1

TP3

1TP4

1TP5

1TP6

+

-

11

4

10

98 X20

MC33074AD

+

-

11

4

10

9

8X8

MC33074AD

+

-

11

4

3

21X8

MC33074AD

+

-

11

4

12

1314X20

MC33074AD

+

-

11

4

12

1314X8

MC33074AD

+

-

11

4

5

67X8

MC33074AD

+

-

11

4

3

21X20

MC33074AD

+

-

11

4

12

1314X14

MC33074AD

+

-

11

4

5

67X14

MC33074AD

+

-

11

4

10

98X14

MC33074AD

+

-

11

4

3

21X14

MC33074AD

+

-

11

4

5

67X20

12 J7

11 J7

1

2

3Q12

MMBT4401

1

2

3Q18

MMBT4401

9 8X30

74AC14

5 6X30

74AC14

C49

20V22uF

C54

20V22uF

1

3

2

D66BAV99

1

3

2

D50BAV99

132

D33BAV99

1

3

2

D49BAV99

DGNDAGND

IOUT1

RFB

VREF

VDD

CS'WR'D11

D10D9D8D7D6D5D4D3D2D1D0

16174

56789

101112131415

32

1

20

19

18X12

AD7945BRS

+2.5V

-15V

+2.5V

+2.5V

+5VA

+5VA

-5V

-15V

-15V

+15V

+5V

+15V

-15V

+5V

+5VA

+15V

-15V

-15V

+15V

-15V

+15V

-15V

+15V

-15V

+15V

-15V

+15V

-5V

+5VA

AA=5VA

+5VA

+15V

-15V

+15V

-15V

+15V

-15V

+15V

-15V+5VA+5VA

+5VA

+5VA

+15V

+5VA

+5VA

+15V

-15V

+15V

-15V

+5VA+15V

+15V

+15V

+5VA

+5VA

+15V

+15V

-15V

+5VA

+5V

24

22

23X32

AD8403ARU10

2

4

3X32

AD

8403AR

U10

242223

X6

AD8403ARU10

6

8

7

X6

AD8403ARU10

201819

X6AD8403ARU10

2

4

3

X6

AD8403ARU10

LG

V-

V++

-8

7

1

5 64

3

2

X5LT1016

LG

V-

V++

-8

7

1

5 64

3

2

X7LT1016

DGNDAGND4AGND3AGND2AGND1

VDD

SDOSDISHDN'CS'RS'CLK

951712116

131210111514

X6

AD8403ARU10

DGNDAGND4AGND3AGND2AGND1

VDD

SDOSDISHDN'CS'RS'CLK

951712116

131210111514

X32

AD8403ARU10

132

D34BAT54S

132

D54BAT54S

132

D28BAT54S

132

D47BAT54S

ENA1A0

S1ADA

DB

S4BS3BS2BS1B

S4AS3AS2A

V+V-

GND

14315

8

9

10111213

7654

216

1 X15

ADG409

1J8

5J8

7

1

2

8

Q11

IRF7103

5

3

4

6

Q11IRF7103

CS'RD'A0VA1VB1VA2VB2AGND1AGND2DGNDBUSY

DB0DB1DB2DB3DB4DB5DB6DB7DB8DB9

DB10DB11DB12DB13

VDDVREFCONVST'

281234569101112131415

237

1627171826252022218

1924

X19

AD7863ARS-2

PRI_OC

OVR_CUR

RESET_RAMP

CLR_CAP

+2.5V

+2.5V

SYS_RESETSTROBE_AD

VDREF/RES

SO

LID

ED

GE

EN-1

70





DESIGN INFORMATION

t

DRAWN BY:




ENGINEER:

EQUIPMENT TYPE:




REFERENCE:

SUPERSEDING:

APPROVED:


XM5626

XA

6-2-2000A

3789-1D0/3

G-6



V350-PRO


BD ID=03

D

D

D

GSPI

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

DD

D

D

D

R17310.0K

R91

10.0

K

R92

10.0

K

R93

10.0

K

R94

10.0

K

R95

10.0

K

R96

10.0

K

R97

10.0

K

R98

10.0

K

R83

475

R86

475

R1824.75k

R20110.0K

R1844.75K

R104

10.0K

R1374.75k

R22110.0K

R22910.0K

R25310.0K

R2224.75k

R262 332

R263332

R264332

R265332

R266332

R267332

R25

210

.0K

R24

310

.0K

R24

610

.0K

R24

410

.0K

R24

510

.0K

R24

710

.0K

R24

810

.0K

R24

910

.0K

R25

010

.0K

R251

10.0

K

R223100

R224100

R240100

R226100

R227100

R228100

C13

80.

1uF

C96

0.1uF

C98

0.1uF

C100

0.1uF

C48

0.1uF

C11

40.

1uF

C77

0.1uF

C76

0.1uF

C75

0.1uF

C84

0.1

uF

C79

0.1uF

C78

0.1uF

C131 0.1uF

C130

22pF

C13

90.

1uF

D45

1/2W5.1V

MMSZ5231

ADCIN15ADCIN14ADCIN13ADCIN12ADCIN11ADCIN10

ADCIN9/IO/PA2ADCIN8/IO/PA3

ADCIN7ADCIN6ADCIN5ADCIN4ADCIN3ADCIN2

ADCIN1/IO/PA1ADCIN0/IO/PA0

D5D4D3D2D1D0

D15D14D13D12D11D10D9D8D7D6

PORESETRS

CLKOUT/IOPC1

XTAL1/CLKIN

A14

A13

A12A

6A

5A

4A

3A

2A

1A

0

A11

A10A

9A

8A

7

WE

R/W

PWM5/CMP5PWM4/CMP4PWM3/CMP3PWM2/CMP2PWM1/CMP1

PWM9/CMP9/IOBP2PWM8/CMP8/IOBP1PWM7/CMP7/IOPB0

PWM6/CMP6

CAP4/IOPC7CAP3/IOPC6CAP2/QEP2/IOPC5CAP1/QEP1/IOPC4BIO/IOPC3XF/IOPC2

ADCSOC/IOPC0

DS

ISW

/RS

TR

BB

R

PS

SPISTE/IOWDDISTRESERVEDMP/MCREADY

TD

IT

CK

TR

ST

EM

U0

TD

OT

MS

NM

I

EM

U1/

OF

F

DV

DD

_6

DV

DD

_8

DV

DD

_7

VR

EF

HI

VC

CA

CV

DD

_2

DV

DD

_1

DV

DD

_2D

VD

D_3

DV

DD

_4D

VD

D_5

CV

DD

_1

TMRCLK/IOPB7TMDIR/IOPB6

T3PWM/T3CMP/IOPB5T2PWM/T2CMP/IOPB4T1PWM/T1CMP/IOPB3

SOICLK/IOSPISOMI/IOSPISIMO/IOSCITXD/IOSCIRXD/IO

XTAL2

OS

CB

YP

XIN

T3/

IOX

INT

2/IO

XIN

T1

PD

PIN

T

VR

EF

LOV

SS

A

VS

S_1

3

VS

S_1

2V

SS

_11

VS

S_1

0

VS

S_9

VS

S_8

VS

S_7

VS

S_6

VS

S_5

VS

S_4

VS

S_3

VS

S_2

VS

S_1

A15

128

8

120

113

104

92

71

61

59462920

14 3

86875655545352

57

49

48

45

4443

109

108

107

106

105

60

85

84 7

121

103

93624721

13 2

4039 323834333130

51

50

42

3736

131

129

130

132

65

70

6968

67

66

65

63

80

81

82

8388

89

90

91

7978

77

76

75

7473

72

102

101

100

99

9897

96

95

94

14124

123

122

119

118

127

126

125

117

116

115

114

112

111

110

64

58

41

3528

27

26

2524

23

22

19

1817

16

15

12

1110

9

X22TMS320F240

(3)

(3)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(3)

(3)

(3)

(3)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(3)

(1)

(3)

(1)

(1,4

)

(1)

(1)(1)

(1)

(2)

1 J32 J33 J34 J35 J36 J39 J38 J3

7 J310 J3

(1)

(3)

(1)(1)(1) (1)

(1)(1)(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(2)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)(1)

(1,2)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(3)

(3)

(1)(1)

(1)

(1)(1)

A1

A8

A7

A6

A5

A4

A3

A2

B8

B1

B2

B3

B4

B5

B6

B7

VCC

DIR

ENABLE

GND

20

1

19

10

18

17

16

15

14

13

12

119

8

7

6

5

4

3

2X33

74HC245

(3)

16 15 14 13 12 11 10 987654321

S1

1312X10

74AC14

IO32IO31IO30IO29IO28IO27VCC26GND25IO24IO23IO22IO21IO20IO19NC18IO17TMSIO15IO14GND13NC12IO11IO10IO9IO8TCKTDIIO5IO4IO3PGCK1GND1

IO47IO46IO45IO44IO43IO42IO41IO40NC39GND38IO37IO36IO35IO34NC33

IO117IO116IO115IO114IO113IO112

NC111IO110IO109

PGCK3IO107

PROGRAM'VCC

DO

NE

GN

D10

3S

GC

K3

IO10

1IO

100

IO99

IO98

IO97

IO96

IO95

IO94

IO93

NC

92G

ND

91IO

90IO

89IO

88IO

87N

C66

IO85

IO84

IO83

IO82

IO81

IO80

GN

D79

VC

C78

INIT

'IO

76IO

75IO

74IO

73IO

72N

C71

IO70

IO69

IO68

IO67

GN

D66

NC

65IO

64IO

63IO

62IO

61LD

CIO

59IO

58IO

57H

DC

PG

CK

2

VC

C53

MODEGND51

SGCK2IO48

IO127IO126IO125IO124IO123IO122

NC121IO120IO119

GND118

VC

C2

SG

CK

1IO

206

IO20

5IO

204

NC

203

NC

202

IO20

1IO

200

IO19

9IO

198

IO19

7IO

196

GN

D19

5IO

194

IO19

3N

C19

2IO

191

IO19

0IO

189

IO18

8IO

187

IO18

6IO

185

IO18

4V

CC

183

GN

D18

2IO

181

IO18

0IO

179

IO17

8IO

177

IO17

6IO

175

NC

173

IO17

2IO

171

GN

D17

0IO

169

IO16

8IO

167

IO16

6N

C16

5IO

164

IO16

3IO

162

IO16

1P

GC

K4

IO15

9G

ND

TD

O

VCC156CCLK

SGCK4/DOUTDIN

IO152IO151IO150IO149IO148IO147IO146IO145

NC144GND143

IO142IO141

NC140IO139IO138IO137IO136IO135IO134IO133IO132

GND131VCC130

IO129IO128

NC

2

NC1

IO17

417

2

54

50

208

207

163

162

166

203

202

164

200

199

198

197

196

195

194

206

192

176

175

174

184

185

186

187

188

183

182

189

190

191

167

205

204

201

173

171

169

170

168

177

178

179

165

180

193

181

161

160

159

158

157

156155154153152151150149120222111914414314114214013913813713613513413313213113012912811310912731302912128117118272423116115114111112110108107106105

104

103

102

101

10099989796959493929189858490868887838281807978777067767473717572626966656368646160595857565553

5251

49374041424344454647393848

12612512433

14512212314614736262535341920

1488

189

161011131214151732

7654321

X18

FPGA

XCS20-3PQ208IXILINX

C97

1uF35V35V

C47

1uF35V35V

C81

35V1uF

1

3

2

D10

2B

AV

99LT

1

1

3

2

D10

7B

AV

99LT

1

1

3

2

D10

6B

AV

99LT

1

1

3

2

D10

5B

AV

99LT

1

1

3

2

D10

4B

AV

99LT

1

1

3

2

D10

3B

AV

99LT

1

+5V

+5V

+5V

+5V

+5V

+5SPI

+5V

+5V

+5V

+5V

+5V

+5V

+5V

+5V

+5V +5V

+5V

+5V

HOLD'SCK

SI

CS'SOWP'GND

VCC

5678

4321

X11

AT25128

AD

DR

8

DA

TA

5

RM

C

DA

TA

15

DA

TA

9

DA

TA

4

DA

TA

12

DA

TA

8D

AT

A7

DA

TA

11

DSP_D15

DSP_D15

DSP_D14

DSP_D14

DSP_D13

DSP_D13

DSP_D12

DSP_D12

DSP_D11

DSP_D11

DSP_D10

DSP_D10

DA

TA

10

AD

DR

9A

DD

R10

AD

DR

11A

DD

R12

DA

TA

1 DSP_D9

DSP_D9

DSP_D8

DSP_D8

DSP_D7

DSP_D7

DSP_D6

DSP_D6

DSP_D5

DSP_D5

DSP_D4

DSP_D4

DSP_D3

DSP_D3

DSP_D2

DSP_D2

DA

TA

3

DA

TA

2

DA

TA

14

AD

DR

6

AD

DR

7

AD_DATA12

DA

TA

13

DA

TA

6

AD

DR

3A

DD

R4

FP

GA

_BA

D

AD_DATA11

AD_DATA10AD_DATA9AD_DATA8AD_DATA7AD_DATA6

DSP_A7

DS

P_

A7

AD_DATA5

IAC

KIN

T_1

_3P

H

/AS

DSP_A15

DS

P_A

15

I_AD

AD

DR

5TPU2

I_F

LOW

_ST

T

AD_DATA4

MOSI

TPU3

SCKSPI_CS2

/CS0

FP

GA

_CS

V_AD

PS

W3

PSW3

PS

W2

PSW2

PS

W1

PSW1

SP

I_C

S0

CLK

DSP_D1

DSP_D1

AD_DATA0

AD_DATA13

ST

T_O

N

STT_ON

SPI_CS3

PS

W7

PSW7

R/W

PS

W4

PSW4

PS

W6

PSW6

PS

W5

PSW5

TPU5TPU6

AD

DR

2

/DS

DA

TA

0

MISO

AD

DR

1

AD

_CS

SP

I_S

S

OUTPUT_ON

OUTPUT_ON

TPU0

SP

I_C

S1

PO

T_C

S

MS

EL

EN

CLK_8

CLK_8

DS

P_

A0

DSP_A0

AD_DATA1

DSP_MP

DSP_MP

TPU1

AD_DATA2AD_DATA3

DS

P_

A2

DSP_A2

SCK7MISO7

SPI_LATCH7

SCK3

SC

K3

MOSI_B

MO

SI_

B

MISO3

MIS

O3

FA

N_C

ON

TR

OL

FP

GA

_IN

T

TH

ER

MA

L_LE

D

EE_CS

EE

_CS

MIS

C1

MIS

C0

PS

W0

PSW0

DSP_D0

DSP_D0

SP

ICS

3

MS

EL0

MS

EL1

SP

ICS

2

SE

L_I_

ON

TPU4IN

T_1

00

DA

_CS

/CS1

FP

GA

_DO

NE

BS

CK

TU

RN

_OF

F_N

FET_B

DSP_READYDSP_READYDSP_PS

DSP_PSDSP_DSDSP_DS

DSP_RESETDSP_RESET

DSP_A6

DS

P_

A6

DSP_CLK DSP_CLK

DS

P_C

LK

CAP1

CAP1

FPGA_RESET

SP

ICS

1

CAP0

FET_A

DSP_BIO

DSP_BIO

DSP_A13

DS

P_A

13

DSP_A3

DS

P_

A3

DSP_WE

DS

P_W

E

DSP_REN

DS

P_R

EN

DSP_A14

DS

P_A

14

DSP_A5

DS

P_

A5

DSP_A4

DS

P_

A4

FUNCEN

DS

P_

A1

DSP_A1

CM

P0

CMP0

CMP2

CMP4

DIS

AB

LE_4

55

SP

IMO

SI

VPP

+15SPI

BM

ISO

SO

LID

ED

GE

EN-1

70





DESIGN INFORMATION

t

DRAWN BY:




ENGINEER:

EQUIPMENT TYPE:




REFERENCE:

SUPERSEDING:

APPROVED:


XM5626

XA

6-2-2000A

3789-1D0/4

G-7

NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual.Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

NOTE: Lincoln Electric assumes no responsibility for liablilities resulting from board level troubleshooting. PC Board repairs will invalidate your factory warranty. Individual Printed Circuit Board Components are not available from Lincoln Electric. This information is pro-vided for reference only. Lincoln Electric discourages board level troubleshooting and repair since it may compromise the quality of the design and may result in danger to the Machine Operator or Technician. Improper PC board repairs could result in damage to themachine.


V350-PRO

PC BOARD ASSEMBLY-CONTROL

SO

LID

ED

GE

EN-1

68





DESIGN INFORMATION

t

DRAWN BY:




Chg. Sheet No.

ENGINEER:

EQUIPMENT TYPE:

DRAWING No.:T. O'DONNEL


CONTROL P.C. BOARD AS'BLYLNONE 4-6-99

REFERENCE:

SUPERSEDING:

APPROVED:

"X" INFO.

XM5626

XE-UF

11088-1

6-2-2000A

BUY PER E3867

L11088-1D0

BUY AS

IDENTIFICATION CODE

TEST PER E3856-C

CAPACITORS = MFD/VOLTS

INDUCTANCE = HENRIES

RESISTANCE = OHMS

COMPONENT SIDE

OTHER COMPONENT SIDE (BACKSIDE)

PART NO.

(6.34)

(8.09)

1

2

3

N.D.

NOTES:

N.A. CAUTION: THIS DEVICE IS SUBJECT TO DAMAGE BY

STATIC ELECTRICITY. LINCOLN ELECTRIC TO SEE E2454 BEFORE HANDLING.

N.B. SECURE P.C. BOARD ASSEMBLY IN PLACE WITH (ITEM 3) (2 PLACES).

N.C. TOP OF THESE COMPONENTS MUST BE FREE OF POTTING

MATERIAL.

N.D. IDENTIFY COMPLETE ASSEMBLY WITH A PRINTED LABEL PER E3867.

N.E. THERE ARE COMPONENTS ON BOTTOM SIDE OF P.C. BOARD.

N.F. PROGRAM ITEM 89 WITH ITEM 6.

N.G. PROGRAM ITEM 98 WITH ITEM 7.

N.J. PLACE CONNECTOR KEYING PLUG (ITEM 9) OVER HEADER PIN,

IN LOCATION SHOWN. PLUG SHOULD BE INSERTED BELOW

CONNECTOR TOP SURFACE.

N.K. ALL CONNECTORS MUST BE GREASED WITH (ITEM 5) PRIOR

TO ENCAPSULATION.

N.L. ENCAPSULATION PER E1911-E TO A MINIMUM DEPTH, SUCH

THAT ALL COMPONENT LEADS ARE COVERED.

N.J. 9

N.B.

N.A.

N.E.

11 S25020-3SMT 68 SCAP,0.1uF,0805,50V,X7R,10%,TR

C138 C134 C133 C125 C55 C96 C98 C100 C28 C82 C14 C11 C83 C103 C121 C101 C117 C115 C111 C113 C85 C90 C48 C93 C109 C120 C127 C106 C95 C105 C73 C68 C8 C114 C108 C99 C77 C76 C75 C84 C79 C67 C88 C80 C50 C78 C23 C21 C91 C51 C92 C58 C57 C52 C60 C59

C131 C123 C112 S14390-173 2 CAP,1uF,RA,63V,10%,NP C136 C13513 S25020-2SMT 2 SCAP,0.022uF,0805,50V,X7R,10%, C86 C714 S25020-10SMT 2 SCAP,4700pF,0805,50V,X7R,10% C44 C6915 S25020-5SMT 4 SCAP,22pF,0805,50V,COG,5%,TR,N C118 C116 C128 C13016 S25020-18SMT 1 SCAP,10pF,CER,0805,100V,5% C3217 S25020-13SMT 7 SCAP,150pF,0805,100V,COG,5%,TR, C64 C89 C26 C35 C36 C38 C3718 S25020-4SMT 11 SCAP,820pF,0805,50V,COG,5%,TR, C43 C4 C74 C3 C71 C19 C70 C5 C72 C6 C1719 S24833-1 2 CAP,0.27uF,MF,50V,5mm,5%,TR,NP C56 C3420 S25020-14SMT 2 SCAP,330pF,100V C126 C14321 S25025-5SMT 9 SCAP,4.7uF,7343,35V,10%,TR,NP C12 C102 C1 C9 C10 C39 C40 C16 C6122 S25024-2SMT 8 SCAP,1uF,TAN,3528,35V,TR,NP C94 C97 C104 C107 C47 C81 C2 C4623 S25024-8SMT 4 SCAP,10uF,TAN,6032,TR,NP C66 C62 C65 C6324 S25024-10SMT 4 SCAP,22uF,TAN,7343,25V,10% C119 C110 C49 C5425 S13490-179 1 CAP,1000uF,ALU,35V,20%,NP C4526 S13490-182 1 SCAP,120MF,25V,20%,RADIAL,AE C13

27 S25040-2SMT 13 SDIO,1A,400V,DO-214BA,GLSD68 D67 D4 D3 D75 D63 D64 D65 D70 D72

D71 D73 D74

28 S25046-1SMT 19 SDIO,MMSZ5231BT1,5.1V,NPD25 D45 D44 D17 D9 D6 D2 D5 D7 D8 D35

D36 D38 D37 D42 D41 D40 D39 D6929 S25044-9SMT 7 SDIO,1SMB5920BT3,6.2V,NP D62 D61 D60 D13 D12 D1 D4630 S25046-3SMT 4 SDIO,MMSZ5248B,18V,ZENER,TR,NP D53 D52 D58 D5931 S25044-10SMT 3 SDIO,B5930,16V,1.5W,ZENER,TR,N D18 D15 D4332 S25044-5SMT 9 SDIO,1SMB5931BT3,3W,18V,5% D27 D32 D26 D30 D31 D29 D24 D14 D1633 S25044-4SMT 2 SDIO,B5929,15V,1.5W,ZENER,TR,N D10 D11

34 S25040-5SMT 13 SDIO,BAV99LT1,SOT23,DUAL SWITCD66 D50 D33 D49 D19 D78 D79 D102 D103

D104 D105 D106 D107

35 S25049-4SMT 8 SDIO,BAT54S,DUAL,30V,200mA D34 D54 D28 D47 D80 D81 D82 D83

36 S25080-2SMT 8 SLED,GRN,1206,TR,NPLED8 LED1 LED5 LED3 LED2 LED4 LED6

LED9

37 S25080-1SMT 2 SLED,RED,1206,TR,NP LED7 LED1038 S25083-1SMT 1 SIND,FERRITEBEAD,TR,NP E139 S25001-4752SMT 8 SRES,47.5K,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP R230 R27 R28 R26 R53 R29 R110 R5740 S25001-2211SMT 8 SRES,2.21K,1206,1%,1/8W,NP R25 R13 R12 R32 R1 R31 R134 R66

41 S25001-1001SMT 33 SRES,1K,1206,1%,1/8W,TR(9X0056

R171 R178 R177 R193 R231 R167 R61 R34 R89 R82 R163 R135 R136 R169 R131 R112 R60 R56 R126 R71 R54 R69 R68 R143 R144 R58 R206

R213 R214 R90 R168 R255 R256

42 S25001-1002SMT 57 SRES,10K,MF,1206,1%,1/8W

R173 R191 R181 R164 R170 R172 R189 R186 R180 R91 R92 R93 R94 R95 R96 R97 R98 R22

R174 R201 R185 R104 R87 R33 R99 R260 R261 R139 R140 R121 R200 R107 R199 R103 R221 R229 R204 R242 R241 R216 R217 R218 R243 R246 R244 R245 R247 R248 R249 R250 R251

R252 R253 R2

43 S25001-4750SMT 28 SRES,475,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NPR195 R194 R41 R11 R83 R86 R166 R165 R21 R15 R20 R88 R81 R14 R9 R17 R19 R10 R18

R16 R141 R138 R119 R116 R85 R84 R40 R36

44 S25001-4751SMT 15 SRES,4.75K,1206,1%,1/8W,SM100-R190 R192 R182 R184 R137 R146 R209 R210

R222 R42 R43 R46 R47 R51 R67

45 S25003-2000SMT 2 SRES,200,2512,5%,1W,TR,NP R132 R133 46 S25001-1501SMT 7 SRES,1.5K,1206,1%,1/8W,NP R113 R118 R122 R74 R76 R80 R7847 S25001-7500SMT 1 SRES,750,1206,1%,1/8W,NP R18348 S25001-5110SMT 2 SRES,511,MF,1206,1%,1/8W,TR R24 R2349 S25001-1004SMT 2 SRES,1M,1206,1%,1/8W,TR(9X0098 R212 R21150 S25001-2672SMT 4 SRES,26.7K,THK,1206,1%,1/8W,10 R187 R114 R120 R72

51 S25001-3321SMT 4 SRES,3.32K,1206,1%,1/8W,NP(AM2 R123 R128 R129 R17952 S25001-2212SMT 6 SRES,22.1K,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP R37 R38 R35 R203 R8 R3953 S25001-47R5SMT 2 SRES,47.5,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP R3 R254 S25001-4753SMT 1 SRES,475K,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP R100

55 S25001-1003SMT 10 SRES,100K,1206,1%,1/8W,200PPM,R55 R111 R49 R108 R115 R124 R142 R208

R207 R10656 S25001-1213SMT 1 SRES,121K,1206,MF,1%,1/4W R7057 S25001-3322SMT 3 SRES,33.2K,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP R63 R65 R23358 S25001-1000SMT 4 SRES,100,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP R62 R44 R52 R3059 S25001-2210SMT 5 SRES,221,1206,1%,1/8W,NP R59 R48 R102 R197 R4560 S25001-2671SMT 1 SRES,2.67K,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP R10961 S25001-1502SMT 2 SRES,150K,1206,1%,1/8W,NP R117 R12562 S25001-6811SMT 2 SRES,6.81K,1206,1%,1/8W,NP R127 R13063 S25001-1500SMT 2 SRES,150,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP R196 R198

64 S25006-10R0 10 SRES,10,R151 R154 R157 R160 R148 R161 R158 R155

R152 R14965 S25050-2SMT 5 STRA,2N4403,SO23,TR,(500475),N Q17 Q16 Q15 Q13 Q1466 S25051-6SMT 2 STRA,IRLR120N,10A,100V,MOSFET, Q9 Q1067 S25050-1SMT 9 STRA,MMBT4401LT,NPN,SOT-23 Q12 Q4 Q7 Q5 Q6 Q1 Q18 Q19 Q2068 S25051-4SMT 2 STRA,2N7002,TR,NP Q3 Q269 S25051-7SMT 1 SICS,IRF7103,NP Q1170 S24020-4 3 CON,4P,TIN,MINI,NP J5 J11 J271 S24020-6 1 CON,6P,TIN,MINI,NP J972 S24020-2 2 CON,2P,TIN,MINI,NP J10A J10B73 S18248-10 1 CON,10P,MINI,NP J374 S18248-16 1 CON,16P,MINI,NP J1 75 S24020-16 2 CON,16P,TIN,MINI,NP J6 J776 S24020-12 1 CON,12P,TIN,MINI,NP J477 S24020-8 1 CON,8P,TIN,MINI,NP (or TH600-265) J878 S20353-4SMT 1 SICS,MAX485ESA,NP X2979 S25065-2SMT 1 SICS,74ACT573,OCTAL,TRANS.,LAT X2180 S25070-7SMT 1 SICS,TMS320F240PQA,NP X2281 S15000-28SMT 4 SICS,HCPL-0601,OPTOCOUPLER OCI1 OCI2 OCI3 OCI482 S20353-5 1 SICS,AN82527 X2883 S25082-1SMT 1 SXTL,16MHZ,HC40,20PF,NP Y184 S20353-1SMT 1 SICS,MC145407,RECEIVER/DRVR,RS X1685 S25067-3SMT 2 SICS,ADG417,SPST,CMOS,SWT,SO8 X13 X3186 S17900-1SMT 1 74HC245, NEW PACKAGE X3387 S15128-13SMT 1 SICS,OP-27G,OPAMP,SO8,TR,NP X188 S15128-18SMT 3 SICS,MC33074,QUAD,OPAMP,SO14,T X8 X14 X20

N.F. 89 S25069-3SMT 1 SICS,28F800B5-90,FLASH RO,90n X2590 S25069-4SMT 1 SICS,128Kx16,20nS,TSOP X2791 M15101-14SMT 1 SICS,MC68332 X2492 S25068-8SM 1 SICS,MC79L05ABD X493 S25065-3SMT 2 SICS,74VHC14,NP X10 X3094 S25057-3SMT 2 SICS,AD8403ARU10 X6 X3295 M15105-9SMT 1 SICS,7945 (old package) X1296 S15018-21SMT 2 ICS,MIC4451BM X2 X397 S25067-2SMT 1 SICS,ADG409BR X15

N.G. 98 S25070-3SMT 1 ICS,XC9536-15 VQ44 X1799 S25069-2SMT 1 SICS,25128,SERIAL EEPR,NP X11

100 S15128-21SMT 2 SICS,LT1016,COMPARATOR X5 X7N.C. 101 S19869-8 1 SWT,78B08S,DIP,SPST,8P,NP S1

102 S25066-2SMT 1 SICS,AD7862,DUAL,12BIT,250kSPS X19103 S25068-7SMT 1 SICS,4.6V,2%,VOLT. DETECTOR,SO X23104 S25070-4SMT 1 SICS,XCS20,FPGA X18105 S20620-1003 4 RES,100K,AX,5%,1/2W,HI VOLT,TR R73 R79 R75 R77106 S25040-12SMT 8 SDIO,MURS320T3,3A,200V,ULTRAFAS D51 D55 D56 D57 D98 D99 D100 D101107 S25020-SMT 5 SCAP,100pF,0805,COG,100V,5% C15, C18, C22, C25, C27108 S25000-1000SMT 6 SRES,100,0805,1%,1/10W R223, R224, R240, R226, R227, R228109 T12702-60 2 DIO,1N5358B DZ3 DZ4110 T12702-59 2 DIO,1N5333B DZ1 DZ2111 S25049-2SMT 4 SDIO,MBRA130LT3,1A,30V,SCHOTKY D76 D77 D114 D115112 S25001-3320SMT 6 SRES,332,1206,1%,1/4W R262 R263 R264 R265 R266 R267113 S25040-6SMT 6 SDIO,BAV70 D84 D85 D86 D89 D90 D91

ITEM PART NO. REQ'D DESCRIPTION REFERENCE-DESIGNATOR

1 L11088-D 1 DIGITAL CONTROL P.C. BD. BLANK2 M19436-1 1 POTTING TRAY3 S8053-80 2 SELF TAPPING SCREW4 E2527 5.0 oz. EPOXY ENCAPSULATION RESIN5 E3539 0.1 oz. ELECTRICAL INSULATING COMPOUND6 S24803-1 1 FLASH SOFTWARE7 S24804-2 1 CPLD SOFTWARE

9 S24671 3 PLUG, KEYING PLUG10 E3868-4 1 BAR CODE LABEL

FOR ITEMS LISTED BELOW REFER TO ELECTRICAL DATABASE FOR COMPONENTSPECIFICATIONS

10

9 9N.J. N.J.

V

G-8R

etur

n to

Sec

tion

TO

CR

etur

n to

Sec

tion

TO

CR

etur

n to

Sec

tion

TO

CR

etur

n to

Sec

tion

TO

C

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC


V350-PRO

SCHEMATIC - POWER SUPPLY PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD

.1C53

Vfb2

Vref 1

100K

R29

CNY17-3OCI2

4 2

1

6

5

.5W27VDZ2 VFB

CS

COMPRT/CT

VCC OUT

VREF

GNDX4

2

35

1

6

4

8

7

.5W27VDZ3

Vref 2

15.0

K

R1

4.735V

C3

.022C49

221K

R34

10.0

K

R56

100V

150p

C27

200V1C26

56.2K

R38

gnd_mcps

1.0A30V

D23

T2

12

3

+5V

2000V.0015C31

50V0.1C2

J424

50V0.1C25

1.035V

C23

D10

1.00K

R26

J43

9

D9

4.735V

C24

D25

G

D

S

21A200V

Q2

150pC52

1.0A30V

D20

3W0.05 R

30

1.21K

R37

75K

R31

15.0

R32

3W18VDZ7

OV2

Detect600V1A

30-55 VDC

<30VDC

Undervoltage

1A600V ADJ

IN OUTX3

1.82K

R20

15

R43

J43

1

5.62K

R28

D2

T2

14

1

OV1

4.735V

C1

D15

3W3.3VDZ4

D14 D17

4.735V

C33

4.735V

C10

D1

D12

T2

10

5

50V0.1C5

5.62

K

R45

GND

IN OUTX6

OV2

GND

IN OUTX7

1.035V

C29

D13

100V10pC28

T2

11

4

Shutdown249R

33

1.035V

C30

50V0.1C9

J43

5

150

R44

J43

4

150

R25

J43

10

> 55 VDC

Overvoltage

600V1A

600V1A

.33W CAN

+5Volts, .100 Amp

RS232

+5Volts, .100 Amp

.33W

50V820pC4

Shut DownCapacitor

DC Input (+) 1A

OV1

600V

56.2K

R39

J411

J414

4.735V

C6

3W24VDZ1

+tR55

T1

7

6

100V10pC3250V

820pC8

J413

6.19

K

R3

J412

D3 VFB

CS

COMPRT/CT

VCC OUT

VREF

GNDX5

2

35

1

6

4

8

7

DC Input (-)

50V0.1C7

Machine Control

100K

R10

5.62K

R12

1.0A30V

D21

GND

N.A. SINCE COMPONENTS OR CIRCUITRY ON A PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD MAY CHANGE

NUMBER.

NOT SHOW THE EXACT COMPONENTS OR CIRCUITRY OF CONTROLS HAVING A COMMON CODEWITHOUT AFFECTING THE INTERCHANGEABILITY OF A COMPLETE BOARD, THIS DIAGRAM MAY

NOTES :

15Volts, .250Amps

SPI

.33W

Operation

J43

6

10.0K

R22

J43

3

100V

150pC46

43.2

K

R18

+t

60V.13

R40

J43

11

X2

TL431 REF8

1

6

44.2

K

R42

J43

12

CNY17-3OCI3

42

1

6

5

50V

2700p

C16

Vfb2

Vref 2

+5Volts, 3 Amps

SPI

475K

R21

200V1C13

10.0K

R4

6A200V

D4

10.0K

R2710.0K

R2

Operation10-55 VDC 33.2

R15

10010V

C43

47.5

R58

T1

1 2

11 12

10.0

R60

+t

60V.13

R50

10.0

R9

47.5

R6

47.5

R7

10.0

R61

+5Volts, .750 Amp

10010V

C41

332

R53

50V0.1C39

6A200V

D18

33.2

R16

LED2

+5V

Vref 1

Machine Control Power Supply

47.5

R57

T1

10

3

1.0A30V

D22

2000V.0015C12

J423

43.2

K

R49

100K

R5

221K

R52

44.2

K

R51

50V

2700p

C42

10.0K

R13

CNY17-3OCI1

42

1

6

5

1.82K

R14

D24

J425

J422

J426

3A600V

D19

G

D

S

21A200V

Q1

30.1

R35

475

R8

30.1

R36

3W18VDZ8

3W0.05 R1

1

T1

5

8

3325V

C11

50V0.1C14

.33W

1.035V

C471.21K

R46

ADJ

IN OUTX8

ADJ

IN OUTX9

T1

9

4

1.035V

C40

J421

X1

TL431 REF8

1

6

1.21K

R48

50V0.1C44

4.735V

C38

gnd_mcps

Vfb1

Vfb1

.750 Amp

+15Volts

-15Volts, .100Amp

1A600V

.33W

D8

100V150pC45

2.49K

R23

50V0.1C21

J43

2

J43

7

150

R64

J43

8

+t.24

R17

150

R62

LED1

2.49K

R19

10010V

C35

150

R63

332

R41

50V0.1C34

10010V

C37

16A200V

D16

10010V

C36

D7

D6

4.735V

C194.735V

C20T2

8

7

4.735V

C184.735V

C17

T2

13

2

50V0.1C22

+ t.24

R24

.33W

.33W

1A

1A600V

600V

.33W.33W.33W

.200 AmpsGate Drive

+20Volts

Gate Drive

+20Volts.200 Amps

T2

9

6

SO

LID

ED

GE

EN-1

70





DESIGN INFORMATION

t

DRAWN BY:




ENGINEER:

EQUIPMENT TYPE:

DRAWING No.:

JP\TKDigital Systems

Digital Power SupplyGNONE 11-30-98

REFERENCE:

SUPERSEDING:

APPROVED: 3631


XM5626

XB

6-2-2000A

EARTH GROUND CONNECTION

POWER SUPPLY SOURCE POINT

VOLTAGE NETSUPPLY

R-

FRAME CONNECTION

LAST NO. USED

COMMON CONNECTION

D-

C-

LABELSCAPACITORS =

UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED)

DIODES =

FILENAME: G3631-2D0

MFD (

GENERAL INFORMATION

UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED)

RESISTORS = Ohms (

(UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED)1A, 400V


1/4W

.022/50V

G-9




V350-PRO

PC BOARD ASSEMBLY-POWER SUPPLY

SO

LID

ED

GE

EN-1

70





DESIGN INFORMATION

t

DRAWN BY:




Chg. Sheet No.

ENGINEER:

EQUIPMENT TYPE:


T.K. / F.V.INVERTER WELDERS

DIGITAL POWER PC BD. ASBLY.GNONE 12-09-99

REFERENCE:

SUPERSEDING:

G3632-1C1

APPROVED:

"X" INFO.

XM5626

XA

XB

3632-2

6-2-2000A

BUY PER E3867

G3632-2D0

BUY AS

IDENTIFICATION CODE

CAPACITORS = MFD/VOLTSINDUCTANCE = HENRIESRESISTANCE = OHMS

TEST PER E3856-P

PART NO.

NOTES:

N.A. SEE HEAT SINK MOUNTING DETAILS.N.B. ALL CONNECTORS MUST BE GREASED WITH ITEM 5 PRIOR TO ENCAPSULATION.N.C. ATTACH ITEM 1 TO ITEM 2 (2 PLACES) WITH ITEM 3 (TOURQUE = 5.3 +/- .05 IN-LB). ITEM 1 SHOULD BE ALLIGNED SO THAT THE DISTANCE BETWEEN ITEM 1's CONNECTORS AND ITEM 2 IS AS LARGE AS POSSIBLE.N.D. ENCAPSULATION PER E1911-E TO A MINIMUM DEPTH SO ALLOF THE COMPONENTS LEADS ARE COVERED.N.E . TIGHTEN TO 6-8 in. lbs. WITHOUT APPLYING ANY PRESSURE TO PLASTIC CASE OF ITEM 51.N.F . PLACE A HEAVY FILM OF ITEM 74 ON HEATSINK SURFACE- DO NOT GET ON THREADS.N.G. PLACE BARCODED ASSEMBLY NUMBER IDENTIFICATION AND BARCODED SERIAL NUMBER IDENTIFICATION IN AREA SHOWN.

HEATSINK MOUNTING DETAIL

V

56

55 45 51

N.E.

N.F.

(6.14)

N.G.

32

1

DR

ITEM PART NUMBER QTY. DESCRIPTION REFERENCE6 N/A 1 PCB,MTP,DC POWER ASSY,NP N/A7 S25001-1821SMT 2 SRES,1.82K,1206,1%,1/8W,NP R14 R208 S25001-5621SMT 3 SRES,5.62K,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP R12 R28 R459 S25001-1002SMT 6 SRES,10K,1206,1%,1/4W,(09X-007 R4 R13 R22 R2 R27 R5610 S25001-5622SMT 2 SRES,56.2K,1206,1%,1/8W,NP(500 R38 R3911 S25001-1003SMT 3 SRES,100K,TKF,1206,1%,1/8W,TR, R5 R10 R2912 S25001-3320SMT 2 SRES,330,1206,5%,1/4W R41 R5313 S25001-2490SMT 1 SRES,249,1206,1%,1/4W,TR,NP R3314 S25001-2213SMT 2 SRES,221K,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP R34 R5215 S25005-1SMT 2 SRES,0.05,1%,2W,TR,NP R11 R3016 S25009-1001SMT 1 SRES,1K,5%,2W,TR,NP R2617 S25001-33R2SMT 2 SRES,33.2,1206,1%,1/4W,TR,NP R15 R1618 S25001-4322SMT 2 SRES,43.2K,1206,1%,1/4W,TR,NP R18 R4919 S25001-4422SMT 2 SRES,44.2K,1206,1%,1/4W,TR,NP R42 R5120 S25084-1SMT 1 SRES,THERMISTOR,POS TEMP,TR,NP R5021 S25084-2SMT 2 SRES,THERMISTOR,POS TEMP,TR,NP R17 R24

22 S25024-12SMT 11 SCAP,4.7uF,TAN,35V,20%,TR,NPC1 C10 C17 C18 C19 C20 C24 C33 C38 C3 C6

23 S25024-2SMT 5 SCAP,1uF,TAN,3528,35V,TR,NP C23 C29 C30 C40 C4724 S25020-4SMT 2 SCAP,820pF,0805,50V,COG,5%,TR, C4 C825 S25020-5SMT 2 SCAP,2700pF,0805,5OV,X7R,5%,TR C16 C42

26 S25020-3SMT 12 SCAP,0.1uF,0805,50V,X7R,10%,TRC2 C5 C7 C9 C14 C21 C22 C25 C34 C39 C44 C53

27 S25020-18SMT 2 SCAP,10pF,CER,0805,100V,5%,TR, C28 C3228 S25026-1SMT 1 SCAP,33uF,TAN,7343,25V,10%,TR,LOW ESR C1129 S25026-2SMT 5 SCAP,100uF,TAN,7343,10V,20%,TR C35 C36 C37 C41 C43

30 S25040-2SMT 7 SDIO,1A,400V,DO-214BA,GLS,NP D10 D12 D13 D14 D17 D24 D2531 S25080-1SMT 2 SLED,RED,1206,TR,NP LED1 LED232 S25040-3SMT 2 SDIO,MURD620CT,6A,200V,ULTRA-F D4 D1833 S25049-2SMT 4 SDIO,MBRA130LT3,1A,30V,SCHOTTK D20 D21 D22 D2334 S25040-13SMT 1 SDIO,MURB1620CT,16A,200V D1635 S25044-13SMT 1 SDIO,1SMB5934BT3,24V,3W DZ136 S25046-5SMT 2 SDIO,MMSZ5254BT1,0.5W,27V,5%,T DZ2 DZ337 S25044-12SMT 1 SDIO,1SMB5913BT3,3W,3.3V,5%,TR DZ438 S25044-5SMT 2 SDIO,1SMB5931BT3,3W,18V,5%,TR, DZ7 DZ839 S25001-1502SMT 1 SRES,15K,FXD,1206,1%,1/8W,TR R140 S25001-6191SMT 1 SRES,6.19K,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP R3

ITEM PART NUMBER REQ'D. DESCRIPTION REFERENCEDESIGNATOR

1 G3632-D 1 POWER PC BOARD BLANK2 M19436-3 1 POTTING TRAY3 S8025-80 2 SELF TAPPING SCREW4 E2527 115g (4.1 oz) EPOXY ENCAPSULATIOG RESIN5 E2861 AS REQ'D ELECTRICAL INSULATING COMPOUND

FOR ITEMS LISTED BELOW REFER TO ELECTRONIC COMPONENT DATABASE FOR COMPONENTSPECIFICATIONS

(3.64)

41 S25040-11SMT 8 SDIO,MURS160,1A,600V,FAST RECO D1 D2 D3 D6 D7 D8 D9 D1542 S15128-10SMT 2 SICS,TL4311D,LIN,V-REF,36V,-40 X1 X243 S25071-2SMT 2 SICS,PWM CONTROLLER,I-MODE,NP X4 X544 S15000-10 3 TRA,CNY17-3,NP OCI1 OCI2 OCI3

N.A. 45 S18104-5 2 HSS,MTP,VERT MOUNT,TO220,NP Q1 Q2 HEATSINKS46 S18380-15 1 RES,THERMISTOR,PTC,POS TEMP,TR R4047 S18380-16 1 RES,THERMISTOR,NTC,NEG TEMP,NP R5548 T11577-62 2 CAP,1uF,PEMF,200V,10%,NP C13 C2649 S20375-9 1 TFM,L-5763-3,FLYBACK,NP T150 S20375-10 1 TFM,L-5764-3,FLYBACK,NP T2

N.A. 51 T12704-93 2 TRA,BUZ30A,NMF,21A,200V,T0220, Q1 Q2N.B. 52 S24020-4 1 CON,4P,TIN,MINI,NP J41N.B. 53 S24020-6 1 CON,6P,TIN,MINI,NP J42N.B. 54 S24020-12 1 CON,12P,TIN,MINI,NP J43N.A. 55 N/A 2 SCREW N/AN.A. 56 N/A 2 WASHER N/A

57 S25040-8SMT 1 SDIO,MURS360T3,NP D1958 S20500-4 2 CAP, 1500pF,2000V,MET POLYPROP C12 3159 S25020-2SMT 1 SCAP,0.022uF,50v, X7R C4960 S25020-13SMT 4 SCAP,150pF,0805,100V,COG,5% C27 C45 C46 C5261 S25002-47R5SMT 4 SRES,47.5,1210,5%,1/2W,TR,NP R6 R7 R57 R5862 S25000-10R0SMT 3 SRES,10,TKF,0805,1%,1/10W R9 R60 R6163 S25002-30R1SMT 2 SRES,30.1,FXD,1210,5%,1/2W,TR R35 R3664 S25068-9SMT 1 STRA,78M15C,DPACK X365 S15128-6SMT 1 STRA,7815C,DPACK X866 S25068-10SMT 1 STRA,79M15C,DPACK X967 S25002-2491SMT 2 SRES,2.49K,1210,5%,1/2W,T/R R19 R2368 S25002-1211SMT 3 SRES,1.21K,1210,5%,1/2W,TR,NP R46 R48 R3769 S25002-1500SMT 5 SRES,150,1210,5%,1/2W,TR,NP R25 R44 R62 R63 R6470 S25001-4750SMT 1 SRES,475,1206 R871 N/A 2 SHSS,MTP,D2PACK,TO263 X8 D16 HEATSINKS72 S25001-4753SMT 1 SRES,475K,1206,1%,1/8W R2173 S25001-15R0SMT 2 SRES,15,1206,1%,1/8W R43 R32

N.A., N.F. 74 E1868 0.002 THERMALLOY THERMALCOTE 251 Q1 Q2 HEATSINK COMP75 S25001-7502SMT 1 SRES,75K,1206,1% R3176 S25068-1SMT 2 SICS,78M05,DPAK,V-REG X6 X7

N.A.

G-10R

etur

n to

Sec

tion

TO

CR

etur

n to

Sec

tion

TO

CR

etur

n to

Sec

tion

TO

CR

etur

n to

Sec

tion

TO

C

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC


V350-PRO

SCHEMATIC - SWITCH PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD

G-11


urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC



V350-PRO

PC BOARD ASSEMBLY-SWITCH

SO

LID

ED

GE

EN-1

70





DESIGN INFORMATION

t

DRAWN BY:




Chg. Sheet No.

ENGINEER:

EQUIPMENT TYPE:

DRAWING No.:

F.V./JBINVERTER WELDERS

SWITCH P.C. BOARD ASSEMBLYG FULL 5-11-2000

REFERENCE:

SUPERSEDING:

APPROVED:

"X" INFO.

XM5626

XA

3830-1B1

6-2-2000A

CAPACITORS = MFD/VOLTS

INDUCTANCE = HENRIES

RESISTOR = OHMS

G3830-1B1

MANUFACTURED AS:

IDENTIFICATION CODE

MAKE PER E1911

ENCAPSULATE WITH E1844, 3 COATS

TEST PER E3817-SW

PART NO. NOTES:

N.A. CAUTION: THIS DEVICE IS SUBJECT TO DAMAGE BY

STATIC ELECTRICITY. LINCOLN ELECTRIC TO SEE E2454 BEFORE HANDLING.

N.B. SNAP POWER TERMINALS INTO COMPONENT SIDE OF BOARD.

N.C. THIS AREA TO BE COVERED ON BOTH SIDES OF BOARD (WHERE

POSSIBLE) WITH SEALANT PRIOR TO ENCAPSULATION.

N.D. INJECT SEALANT ITEM 8 THROUGH THE PC BOARD TO SEAL MODULE LEADS

(16 PLACES), AND ALL COMPONENT LEADS ON THE NONO-COMPONENT

SIDE OF THE BOARD, THAT ARE COVERED BY MODULE CASE.

N.E. FEMALE EYELET TO BE AGAINST THE NON-COMPONENT SIDE AS SHOWN

EYELET MUST NOT SPIN AFTER CLINCHING.

N.F. SOLDER EYELET SO THAT SOLDER COVERS ENTIRE EYELET

AND ALL AROUND EYELET ON COPPER SIDE ONLY.

NO ICICLES OR SOLDER BLOBS PERMITTED.

N.G. AFTER SOLDERING, INSPECT POWER TERMINAL CONNECTIONS

TO ENSURE SOLDER HAS PROPERLY WET COMPONENT SIDE PAD

ON A MINIMUM OF 3 OF THE 4 LEGS OF THE POWER TERMINAL.

N.H. BAR MUST BE FREE OF ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL ON BOTH SURFACES

AROUND MOUNTING HOLES AND ENTIRE LENGTH OF MOUNTING SURFACE.

ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL MUST NOT EXTEND BEYOND THE MOUNTING

SURFACE PLANE. (2 PLACES)

N.J. DO NOT COAT WITH ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL, TOP AND BOTTOM, .80 +/- .05” DIA.

N.K. PC BOARD HOLES TO BE FREE OF ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL AND SEALANT

FOR A DIAMETER OF .50” FOR THE LARGER HOLES, AND .25 FOR THE SMALLER

HOLES, BOTH SIDES OF BOARD. (4 PLACES).

N.L. THIS AREA TO BE COVERED ON COMPONENT SIDE OF BOARD WITH SEALANT

PRIOR TO ENCAPSULATION. MATERIAL MUST BE APPLIED FROM TOP TO

COMPLETELY FILL TO UNDERSIDE OF DEVICE. THEN APPLY SEALANT AROUND

BASE OF DEVICE.

N.M. THIS AREA TO BE COVERED ON OPPOSITE COMPONENT SIDE OF BOARD WITH

ITEM 8 PRIOR TO ENCAPSULATION. DO NOT COAT WITH ENCAPSULATION

MATERIAL ON THE TOP SURFACES NOR THE THREADS.

N.N. THESE SURFACES MUST BE MAINTAINEDCO-PLANAR WITHIN .010” THROUGH

ENTIRE SOLDERING AND SEALING PROCESS.

N.P. SEALANT HEIGHT BETWEEN MODULES NOT TO EXCEED .17” MAX.

ITEM PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY

1 G3831-B P.C. BOARD BLANK 1

N.A. 2 M16100-44 ELECTRONIC MODULE (A1, A2) 2

3 S23006 TERMINAL (B211,B218,B204,B205,B209) 5

4 M19612 CURRENT TRANSDUCER (T2, T3) 2

5 S24866 POWER TERMINAL (B201, B208) 2

6 T9147-11 EYELET-FEMALE 8

7 T9147-15 EYELET-MALE 8

8 E2861 SEALANT 5.0oz

N.E., N.F.

SIDE

NON-COMPONENT

.105

HEIGHT

CRIMP

76

.285

.275

EYELET DETAIL

R .045

MAX.

∅

Q6

D8

2

R63

C15

C31

B205

R131

R67

DZ

17

OCI2

DZ13

J21

C9

D20

R62

TRI1

R125

C7

C12

R68

D1

R58

R69

R141

R45

R130

T3

R140

R57

R33

R127

C27

CR2

R107

R46

R14

C16

R123

R35

DZ11

B204

R59

R105

R4

R3

R29

C8

R38

R75

1

C13

B206

R13

R52

D9

CR1

B212

OC

I4

R15

R39

D4

DZ

15

R65

R28

R49

R61

D7

R36

C26

R79

C2

DZ22

A1

R138

R84

Q4

X2

R64

B201

R31

C3

DZ1

DZ

3

C28

R66

C6

R34

C22

R8

R97

C4

R11

R78

T1

R6

R106 R27

R40

DZ

20

DZ

7

R74

R30

B203

R26

R41

R100

R72

R50

R44

R43

B216

R87

DZ

8

R80

R51

R101

R120

C5

R129

D17

DZ

18

R85

C21

B211

R128

DZ

2

C32

D12

R10

SWITC

H D

Z5

DZ

12

2

R53

X4

DZ9

R7

R60

A2

R92

OCI1

R19

R21

DZ

6

R70

R143

R98

B218

B217

B202

R20

R5

Q5

D16

R82

R83

G3830-

1

R32

R122

D19

DZ

10

C20

R142

C23

DZ

19

DZ

4

R1

T2

R86

D14

X1

DZ

16

Q3

R124

R132

C18

X3

C14

1

R134

R42

R9

R73

D18

R133

C24

R77

R81

B208

D21

R48

R139

B209

J20

Q2

B207

C29

R109

C10

C30

TP

1

R76

C25

Q1

R55

R2

B213

R22

R99

J22

OCI3

R135

C1

R47

C11

R56

R37

R126

V35

0

R12

R93

R137

DZ23

A1

5

4

3

1

2

N.N.

(2 PLACES) N.H.

(2 PLACES)

N.D.

(16 PLACES)

N.K.

(4 PLACES)

N.K.

(4 PLACES)

N.B., N.G., N.M.

(5 PLACES)

N.C.

N.L.

N.J.

(8 PLACES)

N.P.

C1,C23 2 S20500-4 CAPACITOR,PPMF,.0047,1000V,BOXC10,C11 2 S13490-130 CAPACITOR,PCF,0.27,50V,5%C2,C24 2 S20500-7 CAPACITOR,PPMF,.047,1600V,BOX,10%C25,C26 2 T11577-57 CAPACITOR,PEF,0.1,400V,10%C3,C18 2 S13490-93 CAPACITOR,TAEL,27,35V,10%C31,C32 2 S16668-7 CAPACITOR,CEMO,820p,50V,5%C4,C21 2 S20500-1 CAPACITOR,PPMF,0.1,1000V,10%,BOXC5,C6,C15,C16 4 S16668-6 CAPACITOR,CEMO,4700p,50V,10%C7,C12,C13,C14,C20,C27,C28 9 S16668-5 CAPACITOR,CEMO,.022, 50V,20%C29,C30C8,C9,C22 3 S16668-9 CAPACITOR,CEMO,150p, 100V,5%CR1,CR2 2 S14293-18 RELAY,DPST,12VDC,AG-CDOD1,D4,D16,D17 4 T12705-59 DIODE,AXLDS,3A,600V,UFRD7,D8,D9,D12,D14,D18,D19 9 T12199-1 DIODE,AXLDS,1A,400VD20,D21DZ1,DZ2,DZ3,DZ5,DZ6,DZ15 10 T12702-29 ZENER DIODE, 1W,15V,5% 1N4744ADZ16,DZ18,DZ19,DZ23DZ11,DZ22 2 T12702-4 ZENER DIODE, 1W,20V,5% 1N4747ADZ4,DZ7,DZ17,DZ20 4 T12702-40 ZENER DIODE, 1W,6.2V,5% 1N4735ADZ8 1 T12702-19 ZENER DIODE, 1W,12V,5% 1N4742ADZ9,DZ10,DZ12,DZ13 4 T12702-45 ZENER DIODE, 1W,18V,5% 1N4746AJ20,J21 2 S24016-8 CONNECTOR,MOLEX,MINI,PCB,RT-L,8-PINJ22 1 S24016-4 CONNECTOR,MOLEX,MINI,PCB,RT-L,4-PINOCI1,OCI2,OCI3 3 S15000-22 OPTOCOUPLER,PHOTO-Q,70V,CNY17-3/VDEOCI4 1 S15000-29 OPTOCOUPLER,TRIAC,DRV,RANDOM,600V

N.A. Q1 1 T12704-75 TRANSISTOR,NMF,T247,4A,900V(SS)N.A. Q2,Q3,Q4,Q5 4 T12704-73 MOSFET,4-PIN DIP,1A,100V,RFD110(SS)

Q6 1 T12704-69 TRANSISTOR,PNP,TO226,0.5A, 40V,2N4403R1,R2,R3,R4,R7,R8,R9,R10 16 T14648-5 RESISTOR,WW,5W,3.3K,5%,SQR124,R125,R126,R127,R130R131,R132,R133R11,R12,R30,R31 4 S19400-1503 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,150K,1%R13,R39,R43,R60,R81,R92 6 S19400-3321 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,3.32K,1%R137 1 S19400-3570 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,357,1%R138 1 S19400-1500 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,150,1%R139 1 S19400-4750 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,475,1%R14,R107 2 S19400-1652 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,16.5K,1%R140 1 S19400-39R2 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,39.2,1%R15,R20,R21,R22,R27,R28 12 S19400-10R0 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,10.0,1%R97,R98,R99,R100,R101,R106R29,R83,R122,R141 4 S19400-1000 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,100,1%R32,R33,R34,R48,R49,R50 16 S19400-1003 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,100K,1%R51,R62,R63,R74,R75,R85R86,R87,R134,R135R35,R52,R73,R84 4 S19400-6191 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,6.19K,1%R36,R37,R123 3 S19400-2213 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,221K,1%R38,R40,R42,R45,R53,R59 14 S19400-1002 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,10.0K,1%R66,R69,R70,R72,R80,R82R142,R143R41,R67 2 S19400-4752 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,47.5K ,1%R44,R68 2 T12300-79 RESISTOR,WW, 1W,1.0,1%R46,R76 2 S19400-3322 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,33.2K,1%R47,R64 2 S19400-2000 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,200,1%R5,R6,R19,R26,R93,R105 9 S19400-1001 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,1.00K,1%R109,R128,R129R55,R56,R57,R58 4 S24376-3 RESISTOR,WW,10W,100,5%R61,R77 2 S19400-8251 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,8.25K,1%R65,R120 2 S19400-2001 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,2.00K,1%R78,R79 2 S16296-5 TRIMMER,MT,1/2W,10K, 10%,LINEART1 1 S13000-46 TRANSFORMER,PCB;T2,T3 2 M19612 CURRENT-TRANSDUCER,125-TURNTP1 1 T13640-24 MOV,175VRMS,120J,20MMTRI1 1 S15161-27 TRIAC,T220,8A,800VX1,X4 2 S15128-10 VOLTAGE REF,ADJ, PRECISION,431IX2,X3 2 S15128-18 OP-AMP,QUAD, HIGH-PERF,33074

ITEM REQ'D PART NO. IDENTIFICATION

G-12R

etur

n to

Sec

tion

TO

CR

etur

n to

Sec

tion

TO

CR

etur

n to

Sec

tion

TO

CR

etur

n to

Sec

tion

TO

C

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC


V350-PRO

SCHEMATIC - DISPLAY PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD

G-13




V350-PRO

PC BOARD ASSEMBLY-DISPLAY

SO

LID

ED

GE

EN-1

68





DESIGN INFORMATION

t

DRAWN BY:




ENGINEER:

EQUIPMENT TYPE:

DRAWING No.:

F.V.MISCELLANEOUS

SPI DISPLAY P.C. BOARD ASSEMBLYLFULL 11-19-99

REFERENCE:

SUPERSEDING:

G3443-1B2

APPROVED: 11130-2


XM5626

XD

6-2-2000A

UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED: CAPACITORS = MFD/VOLTS INDUCTANCE = HENRIES RESISTANCE = OHMS

BUY AS:

L11130-2C0

{

IDENTIFICATION CODEPART NO.

BUY PER E3867TEST PER E3856-D

2

8 N.A., N.F.1

GROUND SIDE

V

ENCAPSULATE WITH HUMISEAL 1A27LU PERE1844 OR WITH EQUIVALENT AS APPROVEDBY LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY. (2 COATS)

NOTES:

N.A. DO NOT COAT WITH ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL.

N.B. CAUTION: THIS DEVICE IS SUBJECT TO DAMAGE BY STATIC

ELECTRICITY. SEE E2454 BEFORE HANDLING.

N.C. USE ITEM 3 TO STAND ITEM 12 FROM THE P.C. BOARD. THERE MUST NOT

BE MORE THAN .020 GAP BETWEEN SPACER AND P.C. BOARD OR BETWEEN

SPACER AND LED. ENCAPSULATE P.C.BOARD, SPACER AND LOWER HALF OF LED.

N.D. DISP 1 THRU DISP 8 MUST ALWAYS BE MATCHED BY VENDOR NAME.

DO NOT MIX DIFFERENT VENDORS ON THE SAME BOARD ASSEMBLY.

N.E. DO NOT INSERT THESE COMPONENTS.

N.F. CONNECTOR MUST BE GREASED WITH ITEM 4 PRIOR TO ENCAPSULATION.

0

.50

1.78

1.90

1.45

.12

0

.31

.80

3.50

6.14

6.20

6.45

12

3

N.C.

N.A.

N.A.

N.A.

REFERENCEDESIGNATOR

1 G3656-C DISPLAY PC BOARD BLANK 1

2 L11166-1 FLEX CIRCUIT 1

3 T15176-2 LED, SPACER, 0.140 HIGH 4

4 E3539 ELEC. INSUL. COMPOUND .01 oz

5 S25020-3SMT CAPACITOR,SMD,CERAMIC,0.1MF,50V,10%,X 8 C2,C3,C4,C5,C11,C12,C19,C20

N.E. 6 S25020-9SMT CAPACITOR,SMD,CERAMIC,47pF,50V,5%,COG 0 C13,C14,C15,C16,C17,C18

7 S25024-7SMT CAPACITOR,SMD,TANTALUM,47MF,20V,10%,S 1 C1

8 S18248-10 CONNECTOR,MOLEX,MINI,PCB,10-PIN 1 J37

N.B. 9 S20496-1SMT IC,SMD,CMOS,DRIVER,DISPLAY,LED,CC,MCU 3 X5,X6,X7

N.B. 10 S17900-28SMT IC,SMD,CMOS,HEX INVERTING BUFFER,3-ST 1 X3

N.B. 11 S17900-8SMT IC,SMD,CMOS,INVERTER,SCHMITT,HEX,HC14 1 X1

N.A. 12 T13657-6 LED,T-1,RED,HLMP-K101 4 LED1,LED2,LED3,LED4

DISP1,DISP2,DISP3,DISP4

DISP5,DISP6,DISP7,DISP8

N.A. 14 T13657-12 LED,T-1,3/4,YELLOW,HI-INTENSITY 3 LED5,LED6,LED7

N.B. 15 S17900-26SMT IC,CMOS,SMD,MUX,DAT,8-INPUT,HC151(SS) 1 X2

16 S25000-1001SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,1.00K,1 2 R21,R26

17 S25000-1501SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,1.50K,1 2 R6,R16

18 S25000-4751SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,4.75K,1 1 R24

19 S25000-10R0SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,10.0OHM 3 R22,R23,R25

20 S25000-1212SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,12.1K,1 6 R9,R10,R11,R12,R13,R14

21 S25000-4752SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,47.5K,1 1 R27

22 S25000-2670SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,267OHMS 1 R20

N.B. 23 S17900-10SMT IC,SMDCMOS,REGISTER,SHFT,S-PI/SO,8-BI 1 X4

8LED,DISPLAY,7-SEGMENT,CC,BRIGHTS17395-6N.A.,N.D. 13

FOR ITEMS BELOW REFER TO ELECTRONIC COMPONENT DATABASE FOR COMPONENT

SPECIFICATIONS

ITEM REQ'DPART NO. DESCRIPTION

G-14R

etur

n to

Sec

tion

TO

CR

etur

n to

Sec

tion

TO

CR

etur

n to

Sec

tion

TO

CR

etur

n to

Sec

tion

TO

C

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC


V350-PRO

SCHEMATIC -STATUS PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD

G-15




V350-PRO

PC BOARD ASSEMBLY-STATUS

SO

LID

ED

GE

EN-1

68





DESIGN INFORMATION

t

DRAWN BY:

WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS. DATE:



Chg. Sheet No.

ENGINEER:

EQUIPMENT TYPE:

DRAWING No.:

F.V.MISCELLANEOUS

SPI STATUS INPUT P.C. BOARD AS'BLYLNONE 9-30-99

REFERENCE:

SUPERSEDING:

APPROVED:

"X" INFO.

XM5626

XD

11107-2

6-2-2000A


BUY AS:

L11107-2B0

{

IDENTIFICATION CODEPART NO.

BUY PER E3867TEST PER E3856-ST

V

2

GROUND SIDE

1

NOTES:

N.A. CAUTION: THIS DEVICE IS SUBJECT TO DAMAGE BY STATIC


N.B. DO NOT COAT WITH ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL.

N.C. DO NOT INSERT THESE COMPONENTS.

N.D. INSERT ITEM 3 BETWEEN ROWS OF LED’s. ITEM 3 MUST BE FLUSH

WITH LED BULB.

N.E. ALL CONNECTORS MUST BE GREASED WITH ITEM 4 PRIOR TO

ENCAPSULATION.

N.F. LED 1 THRU LED 16 MUST ALWAYS BE MATCHED BY VENDOR NAME

AND VENDOR PART NUMBER. DO NOT MIX DIFFERENT VENDORS OR

VENDOR PART NUMBERS ON THE SAME BOARD ASSEMBLY.

N.B.

N.B.N.B.


N.B., N.E.

ITEM PART NO. REQ'DP.C. BOARD REFERENCE

DESIGNATORS DESCRIPTION

1 L11107-B 1 P.C. BOARD BLANK2 L11166-1 1 FLEX ASSEMBLY3 E3165 2 E3165-.25-.35-1.004 E3539 .01 oz. ELECTRICAL INSULATING COMPOUND

5 S13490-104 1 C1 CAPACITOR,TAEL,39,20V,10%6 S16668-11 9 C2,C3,C4,C5,C6,C8,C11,C12,C27 CAPACITOR,CEMO,0.1, 50V,10%7 S13490-42 3 C7,C9, C26 CAPACITOR,TAEL,1.0,35V,10%8 S16668-5 4 C10,C21,C22, C25 CAPACITOR,CEMO,.022, 50V,20%

N.C. 9 S16668-3 0 C13,C14,C15,C16,C17,C18 CAPACITOR,CEMO,100P, 100V,5%10 S13490-40 2 C23,C24 CAPACITOR,TAEL,2.7,50V,10%11 S18248-10 1 J31 CONNECTOR,MOLEX,MINI,PCB,10-PIN12 S24020-4 1 J311 CONNECTOR,MOLEX,MINI,PCB,4-PIN

N.A. N.B. N.F.

13 T13657-11 14LED 1,LED 2, LED 3, LED 4, LED 6, LED 7, LED 9, LED 10, LED 11, LED 12, LED 13, LED 14, LED 15, LED 16

RED LED

14 S19400-1002 2 R1, R25 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,10.0K,1%15 S19400-1001 5 R2,R4,R6,R24,R27 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,1.00K,1%16 S19400-4751 2 R3,R22 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,4.75K,1%17 S19400-1212 6 R9,R10,R11,R12,R13,R14 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,12.1K,1%18 S19400-1000 5 R17,R18,R19,R23R26 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,100,1%19 S19400-2670 1 R20 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,267,1%20 S19400-4750 1 R21 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,475,1%

N.B. 21 T13381-16 2 S1,S2 SWITCH,PUSHBUTTON,SPSTN.A. 22 S17900-8 1 X1 IC,CMOS,INVERTER,SCHMITT,HEX,HC14A(SS)N.A. 23 S17900-26 1 X2 IC,CMOS,MUX,DAT,8-INPUT,HC151(SS)

24 S17900-28 1 X3 IC,CMOS,HEX,BUFFER,3-STATE,2-BIT,4-BIN.A. 25 S17900-10 1 X4 IC,CMOS,REGISTER,SHFT,S-PI/SO,8-BIT(SS)N.A. 26 M15105-7 1 X5 IC,CMOS,CONVERTER,A/D,MPU, 10-BIT,(SS)

27 S20496-1 2 X6,X7 IC,CMOS,DRIVER,DISPLAY,LED, CC,MCUN.C. 28 T13657-11 0 LED 5, LED 8 RED LED

FOR ITEMS LISTED BELOW REFER TO ELECTRONIC COMPONENT DATABASE FOR COMPONENT SPECIFICATIONS

33

N.D.

N.B.

STATUS INPUTL11107-2

X

7

LED9 S2

X1 R

27

C

18

R11

C15

C16

R12

R13

C17

R

24

R25 LED1 LED2

LED10 LED11 LED12

C4

C13

R

14

R

9

R10

C

14

C3

X2

C1

C2

J31

X6

C11

C

24

R6

X4

C5

C

21

R

19

R

23

R

18

LED8

LED13 LED14

LED7 LED6

LED15 LED16

LED5

C26

C12

X3

C

9

R1

R2

C6

C7 X5

R

3

R21

R

4

C

10 C

8

R

22

C

23

S1 R

17

C

22

C

27

R

26

C

25

LED3 LED4

R

20

R20

J311

N.D.

.00

.18

2.78 4.38 6.88

7.58

7.80

.00

1.11

.16

2.06

2.30

G-16R

etur

n to

Sec

tion

TO

CR

etur

n to

Sec

tion

TO

CR

etur

n to

Sec

tion

TO

CR

etur

n to

Sec

tion

TO

C

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC


V350-PRO

SCHEMATIC - MODE SELECT PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD

G-17




V350-PRO

PC BOARD ASSEMBLY-MODE SELECT

SO

LID

ED

GE

EN-1

68





DESIGN INFORMATION

t

DRAWN BY:




Chg. Sheet No.

ENGINEER:

EQUIPMENT TYPE:

DRAWING No.:

M.D.MISCELLANEOUS

SPI MODE SELECT P.C. BD ASSEMBLYLFULL 2-23-99

REFERENCE:

SUPERSEDING:

G3443-1B2

APPROVED:

"X" INFO.

XM5626

XE

11110-1

6-2-2000A


BUY AS:

L11110-1A1

{

IDENTIFICATION CODE


NOTES:

N.A. DO NOT COAT WITH ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL.

N.B. CAUTION: THIS DEVICE IS SUBJECT TO DAMAGE BY STATIC ELECTRICITY. SEE E2454 BEFORE HANDLING.

N.C. DO NOT INSERT THESE COMPONENTS.

N.D. THERE MUST NOT BE MORE THAN .010 GAP BETWEEN SPACERS, OR BETWEEN SPACER & LED, OR BETWEEN SPACER & P.C. BOARD. ENCAPSULATE P.C. BOARD, SPACERS & LOWER HALF OF LED.

N.E. CONNECTOR MUST BE GREASED WITH ITEM 4 PRIOR TO ENCAPSULATION.

2

1

0

2.10

0 N.A., N.E.

N.A.

N.A.

PART NO.

BUY PER E3867TEST PER E3856-MS

V

GROUND SIDE

N.A.

N.A.

6.90

J34

L11110-1L11110-1

ARB

MODE SELECTMODE SELECT

R

3

R9

R

23

R

24

R

14

R

13

R12

R11

R

10

R

4 R

6

R

20

R

21

R

16

R

18

R

19

R

17

X3 X2

X1

C2

C

6

C

8

C

4

C

3

C

5

C

12

C

10

C

23

C

22

X5

C

25

C

28

C

29

C

30

C

31

C

32

LED1

LED2

LED3

LED4

LED5

R

15

R

25

R

26

R

27

X6 C1

C

7

C9

C11

R

1

R

2

R5 R7

S1

X4

C13

C16

C15

C

18

C

14

C

17

N.D.

3

PC BOARD REFERENCEDESIGNATORS

1 L11110-A 1 P.C. BOARD BLANK2 L11166-1 1 FLEX ASSEMBLY3 T15176-1 10 LED SPACER4 E3539 .01 oz. ELEC. INSUL. COMPOUND

5 S13490-104 1 C1 39/20V6 S16668-11 8 C2,C3,C4,C5,C6,C8,C11,C12 0.1/ 50V7 S13490-42 2 C7,C9 1.0/35V8 S16668-5 5 C10,C22,C23,C25,C28 .022/ 50V

N.C. 9 S16668-2 0 C13,C14,C15,C16,C17,C18 47P/100V10 S13490-40 4 C29,C30,C31,C32 2.7/50V11 S18248-10 1 J34 HEADER

N.A. 12 T13657-11 5 LED1,LED2,LED3,LED4,LED5 RED LED13 S19400-1002 1 R1 10.0K 1/4W14 S19400-1001 2 R2,R4 1.00K 1/4W15 S19400-4751 3 R3,R24,R25 4.75K 1/4W16 S19366-1 2 R5,R7 10K 1/2W TRIMMER17 S19400-1501 1 R6 1.50K 1/4W18 S19400-1212 6 R9,R10,R11,R12,R13,R14 12.1K 1/4W19 S19400-1000 7 R15,R16,R17,R18,R19,R26,R27 100 1/4W20 S19400-2670 1 R20 267 1/4W21 S19400-4750 2 R21,R23 475 1/4W

N.A. 22 T13381-17 1 S1 PUSHBUTTON SWITCH,SPST23 S17900-8 1 X1 IC,HC14A(SS),SCHMITT INVERTER24 S17900-26 1 X2 IC,HC151(SS),8-INPUT MULTIPLEXER25 S17900-28 1 X3 IC,3-STATE,2-BIT BUFFER26 S17900-10 1 X4 IC,PI/SO 8-BIT(SS) SHIFT REGISTER27 M15105-7 1 X5 IC,10-BIT (SS) A/D CONVERTER 28 S20496-1 1 X6 IC,LED DISPLAY DRIVER

N.B.

FOR ITEMS BELOW REFER TO ELECTRONIC COMPONENT DATABASE FOR COMPONENT SPECIFICATIONS

ITEM PART NO. REQ'D DESCRIPTION

G-18R

etur

n to

Sec

tion

TO

CR

etur

n to

Sec

tion

TO

CR

etur

n to

Sec

tion

TO

CR

etur

n to

Sec

tion

TO

C

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC


V350-PRO

SCHEMATIC - REMOTE PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD

G-19




V350-PRO

PC BOARD ASSEMBLY-REMOTE

SO

LID

ED

GE

EN-1

68



ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .002


DESIGN INFORMATION

t

DRAWN BY:



MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" ") TO AGREEON ALL ANGLES IS ± .5 OF A DEGREE SUBJECT:

Chg. Sheet No.

ENGINEER:

EQUIPMENT TYPE:

DRAWING No.:

M.D.

INVERTER WELDERS

SPI REMOTE P.C. BOARD ASSEMBLY

LFULL 3-3-99

REFERENCE:

SUPERSEDING:

G3443-1B2

APPROVED:

"X" INFO.

XM5626

XC-UF

11109-1

6-2-2000A


BUY AS:

L11109-1A1{

IDENTIFICATION CODE

1

4

SHIELD SIDE

32.09

6.59

PART NO.

V

BUY PER E3867

TEST PER E3856-RM

37 S25001-7500SMT 1 RESISTOR,SMD,750OHMS,1/4W,1206,1%,TR R135 38 S25000-2213SMT 1 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,221K,1% R138 39 S25000-1001SMT 1 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,1.00K,1 R139 40 S25000-3570SMT 1 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,357OHMS R140 41 S25000-4752SMT 1 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,47.5K,1 R141 42 S25003-15R0SMT 3 RESISTOR,SMD,1W,15.0OHMS,1% R142,R143,R144 43 S25010-2SMT 2 RESISTOR,SMD,MF,121K,1/4W,1%,SURGE R15,R16 44 S25010-3SMT 6 RESISTOR,SMD,MF,1W,20.0K,1%,SURGE R17,R18,R76,R80,R119,

R120 45 S25000-4751SMT 11 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,4.75K,1 R2,R3,R4,R5,R6,R7,R28,

R29, R39,R40,R116 46 S25000-1002SMT 10 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,10.0K,1 R26,R27,R32,R33,R34,

R35,R36,R37,R38,R145 47 S25000-2670SMT 1 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,267OHMS R41 48 S18380-14 5 THERMISTOR,PTC,500OHMS,28mA R42,R43,R44,R64,R65 49 S25001-3320SMT 2 RESISTOR,SMD,332OHMS,1/4W,1206,1%,TR R46,R47 50 S25001-2210SMT 2 RESISTOR,SMD,221OHMS,1/4W,1206,1%,TR R48,R49 51 S25001-1000SMT 2 RESISTOR,SMD,100OHMS,1/4W,1206,1%,TR R51,R52 52 S25000-3321SMT 5 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,3.32K,1 R55,R56,R57,R126,R127 53 S25000-6811SMT 6 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,6.81K,1 R62,R63,R128,R129,

R130,R131 54 S25000-6813SMT 2 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,681K,1% R66,R67 55 S25000-9092SMT 2 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,90.9K,1 R68,R69 56 S25000-2801SMT 2 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,2.80K,1 R70,R71 57 S25000-1212SMT 6 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,12.1K,1 R8,R9,R10,R11,R12,R13 58 S25000-2002SMT 2 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,20.0K,1 R82,R85 59 S25001-6810SMT 1 RESISTOR,SMD,681OHMS,1/4W,1206,1%,TR R86 60 S25004-2430SMT 5 RESISTOR,SMD,1W,243OHMS,1% R91,R92,R93,R99,R107 61 S17900-8SMT 1 IC,SMD,CMOS,INVERTER,SCHMITT,HEX,HC14 X1 62 S20496-1SMT 1 IC,SMD,CMOS,DRIVER,DISPLAY,LED,CC,MCU X10 63 S25068-5SMT 1 IC,SMD,VOLTAGE CONVERTER,SWITCHED-CAP X11 64 S15128-10SMT 1 IC,SMD,VOLTAGE REF,ADJ, PECISION,431I X12 65 S15018-22SMT 1 IC,SMD,ARRAY,CLAMPING,HEX,SOIC-8 X14 66 S15018-11SMT 1 IC,SMD,CMOS,SWITCH,ANALOG,QUAD,201(SS X15 67 M15458-4SMT 1 IC,PWM-CONTROLLER,I-MODE,2842A, SOIC- X16 68 S17900-26SMT 1 IC,CMOS,SMD,MUX,DAT,8-INPUT,HC151(SS) X2 69 S17900-10SMT 2 IC,SMDCMOS,REGISTER,SHFT,S-PI/SO,8-BI X3,X4 70 M15105-7SMT 1 IC,SMD,CMOS,CONVERTER,A/D,MPU, 10-BIT X5 71 S15128-18SMT 2 IC,OP-AMP,SMT,QUAD,HIGH-PERF,33074D X6,X7 72 S17900-28SMT 1 IC,SMD,CMOS,HEX INVERTING BUFFER,3-ST X8

NOTES:N.A. ALL CONNECTORS MUST BE GREASEDWITH ITEM 6 PRIOR

TO ENCAPSULATION.

N.B. CAUTION: THIS DEVICE IS SUBJECT TO DAMAGE BY STATIC


N.C. ATTACH ITEM 1 TO ITEM 2WITH ITEM 3. TIGHTEN ITEM 3 TO.60 + .05Nm (5.3 + .5 IN-LBS).

N.D. ENCAPSULATION PER E1911-E TO A MINIMUM DEPTH SO ALLOF THE COMPONENTS LEADS ARE COVERED.

N.E. PLACE BARCODED ASSEMBLY NUMBER IDENTIFICATION AND BARCODED

SERIAL NUMBER IDENTIFICATION IN AREA SHOWN.

N.F. DO NOT INSERT THESE COMPONENTS.

N.G. THESE COMPONENTS MUST BE COMPLETELY COVEREDWITH ITEM 5.

ITEM PART NO. REQ'D DESCRIPTIONREFERENCE DESIGNATOR

1 G3709-A 1 P.C. BOARD BLANK2 M19436-4 1 POTTING TRAY3 S8025-80 2 SELF TAPPING SCREW4 L11166-1 1 FLEX CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY5 E2527 66.7g ( 2.19 oz ) EPOXY ENCAPSULATION RESIN6 E3539 .57g (.02 oz ) ELECTRICAL INSULATING COMPOUND

FOR ITEMS LISTED BELOW REFER TO ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS DATABASE FOR COMPONENT SPECIFICATIONS

7 S25020-3SMT 38 CAPACITOR,SMD,CERAMIC,0.1MF,50V,10%,X C2,C3,C4,C5,C6,C8,C9, C10,C11,C12,C13,C14, C15,C16,C17,C18,C19, C20,C21,C22,C47,C48, C49,C50,C51,C52,C53, C54,C55,C56,C57,C58, C59,C60,C61,C62,C65, C66,

8 S25020-12SMT 0 CAPACITOR,SMD,CERAMIC,100pF,100V,5%,C C23,C24,C25,C26,C27, C29

9 S25020-5SMT 2 CAPACITOR,SMD,CERAMIC,2700pF,50V,5%,X C30,C32 10 S13490-184 1 CAPACITOR,ALEL,330,100V,20% C34 11 S25020-7SMT 2 CAPACITOR,SMD,CERAMIC,0.22MF,50V,20%, C35,C36 12 S25024-2SMT 1 CAPACITOR,SMD,TANTALUM,1.0MF,35V,10%, C37 13 S25024-5SMT 1 CAPACITOR,SMD,TANTALUM,4.7MF,35V,10%, C40 14 S25024-9SMT 1 CAPACITOR,SMD,TANTALUM,100MF,20V,20%, C41 15 S25024-7SMT 2 CAPACITOR,SMD,TANTALUM,47MF,20V,10%,S C42,C46 16 S25020-6SMT 1 CAPACITOR,SMD,CERAMIC,4700pF,50V,5%, C63 17 S25020-2SMT 1 CAPACITOR,SMD,CERAMIC,0.022MF,50V,10% C64 18 S25040-1SMT 1 DIODE,SMD,1A,400V,FAST RECOVERY,DO-21 D20 19 S25049-2SMT 1 DIODE,SMD,1A,30V,SMA,SCHOTTKY D21 20 S25040-5SMT 3 DIODE,SMD,DUAL,0.200A,70V,UFR D24,D25,D26 21 S25040-2SMT 4 DIODE,SMD,1A,400V,DO-214BA/AC D3,D6,D7,D19 22 S25044-1SMT 3 ZENER DIODE,SMD,3W,5.1V,5%, SMB DZ1,DZ2,DZ3 23 S25046-4SMT 1 ZENER DIODE,SMD,0.5W,12V,5%,SOD-123 DZ10 24 S25044-4SMT 1 ZENER DIODE,SMD,3W,15V,5%, SMB DZ11 25 S25044-6SMT 1 ZENER DIODE,SMD,3W,27V,5%, SMB DZ12 26 S25044-3SMT 4 ZENER DIODE,SMD,3W,12V,5%, SMB DZ6,DZ7,DZ8,DZ9 27 S18248-10 1 CONNECTOR,MOLEX,MINI,PCB,10-PIN J33 28 S24020-12 1 CONNECTOR,MOLEX,MINI,PCB,12-PIN,TIN J331 29 S15000-25SMT 1 OPTOCOUPLER,SSR,FORM:1A+1B,0.17A,8-PI OCI1 30 S25050-1SMT 4 TRANSISTOR,SMD,NPN,0.5A,40V,SOT-23,MM Q2,Q3,Q4,Q7 31 S25050-2SMT 1 TRANSISTOR,SMS,PNP,SOT23,0.5A, 40V,MM Q6 32 S25051-2SMT 1 TRANSISTOR,SMD,NMF,D2PAK,18A,200V,IRF Q8 33 S25000-2431SMT 1 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,2.43K,1 R1 34 S25000-2211SMT 2 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,2.21K,1 R113,R121 35 S25000-3322SMT 1 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,33.2K,1 R115 36 S25003-2211SMT 3 RESISTOR,SMD,1W,2.21K,1% R132,R133,R134

N.F.

N.A.

N.B.

3 N.C.

N.C.

N.E.

N.E.

2

N.G.

N.G.

G-20R

etur

n to

Sec

tion

TO

CR

etur

n to

Sec

tion

TO

CR

etur

n to

Sec

tion

TO

CR

etur

n to

Sec

tion

TO

C

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC


V350-PRO

SCHEMATIC-SNUBBER PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD

S24761

6-2-2000

G-21


urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to S

ectio

n T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC



V350-PRO

PC BOARD ASSEMBLY-SNUBBEREN

-166

SO

LID

ED

GE





DESIGN INFORMATION

t

DRAWN BY:



MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" ") TO AGREEON ALL ANGLES IS ± .5 OF A DEGREE SUBJECT:

Chg. Sheet No.

ENGINEER:

EQUIPMENT TYPE:

DRAWING No.:


SNUBBER P.C. BOARD ASSEMBLYMNONE 10-6-99

REFERENCE:

SUPERSEDING:

APPROVED:

"X" INFO.

XM5626

XC-UF

19532-1

6-2-2000

N.A., N.B.

SIDE

COPPER

.105

HEIGHT

CRIMP

.285

.275

EYELET DETAIL

R .045

MAX.

∅

4

3

B20

T147

10

R2

12

RW

5F

C2 BOXCP4

B30

T147

10

R3

12

RW

5F

C3

BOXCP4

B40

T147

10

R4

12

RW

5F

C4

BOXCP4

B1

QC16

C1

BOXCP4

B10

T147

10

R1

12

RW

5F

SNU

BBER

M19

532-

1

0

.55

1.92

2.90+.04

0

.60 1.75 2.903.50

+.04

1

2

MAKE PER E1911

ENCAPSULATE WITH E1844, 2 COATS

TEST PER E3817-SN

M19532-1A0

MANUFACTURED AS:

IDENTIFICATION CODE

ITEM PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY1 M19532-A P.C. BOARD BLANK 1

2 T13157-16 TAB TERMINAL 1

3 T9147-11 EYELET-FEMALE 4

4 T9147-15 EYELET-MALE 4

NOTES:

N.A. FEMALE EYELET TO BE AGAINST THE COPPER SIDE AS SHOWN

EYELET MUST NOT SPIN AFTER CLINCHING.

N.B. SOLDER EYELET SO THAT SOLDER COVERS ENTIRE EYELET

AND ALL AROUND EYELET ON COPPER SIDE ONLY.

NO ICICLES OR SOLDER BLOBS PERMITTED.

ITEM REQ'D PART NO. DESCRIPTIONC1,C2,C3,C4 4 S20500-4 CAPACITOR,PPMF,.0047,1000V,BOXR1,R3 2 T14648-20 RESISTOR,WW,5W,150,5%,SQR2,R4 2 T14648-25 RESISTOR,WW,5W,10,5%,SQ

G-22R

etur

n to

Sec

tion

TO

CR

etur

n to

Sec

tion

TO

CR

etur

n to

Sec

tion

TO

CR

etur

n to

Sec

tion

TO

C

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

SVM ERROR REPORTING FORM

We need to know if there are errors in our manuals. We also value any suggestions as toadditional tests or procedures that would make this SVM a better tool for you.

If you discover new or different “Problems or Symptoms” that are not covered in the three col-umn troubleshooting chart, please share this information with us. Please include themachine’s code number and how the problem was resolved.

Thank You,Technical Services GroupLincoln Electric Co.22801 ST. Clair Ave.Cleveland, Ohio 44117-1199

FAX 216-481-2309

SVM Number ___________________________

Page Number if necessary__________________

Your Company__________________________

Your Name_____________________________

Please give detailed description below:

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

SD287 01/99

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

Ret

urn

to M

aste

r T

OC

SVM152-A Return to Master TOC INVERTEC V350-PRO ......INVERTEC V350-PRO ARNING ARNING VISO DE UCION...

Documents

Transcript of SVM152-A Return to Master TOC INVERTEC V350-PRO ......INVERTEC V350-PRO ARNING ARNING VISO DE UCION...